Experimental  Dye-House. 

First  Main  Section:  Dyeing  on  a Laboratory  Scale. 


Second  Main  Section:  Dyeing  on  a Large  (Practical)  Scale. 


Third  Main  Section:  Piece-Dyeing. 


Fourth  Main  Section:  Dyeing  in  Mechanical  Apparatus. 


THE  COTTON  COLOURS 


OF  THE 

CASSELLA  COLOR  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK 

182  and  184,  FRONT  STREET 


SECOND  EDITION. 


PUBLISHED  BY  THE 

CASSELLA  COLOR  COMPANY,  NEW  YORK. 
1913. 


No  3476. 


PREFACE. 


As  a supplement  to  the  book  we  issued  in  1902  on  “Cotton 
Dyeing”,  we  brought  out  a few  years  back  our  “Manual  of  Dyeing”, 
Volume  I,  a second  edition  of  which  has  since  appeared.  As  this 
manual  treats  particularly  of  the  practical  part  of  cotton  dyeing,  we 
hare  deemed  it  adequate  in  the  present  volume  to  present  a com- 
prehensive compilation  of  oil  our  cotton  colours  similar  to  that  in 
our  former  book  on  “Cotton  Dyeing 

The  tables  in  this  book  have  been  prepared  with  the  greatest 
care,  and  form  a clear  summary  of  the  most  important  properties  of 
the  respective  colouring  matters,  the  statements  being  based  on  observ- 
ations carried  out  with  every  exactitude. 

The  tables  are  preceded  by  short  general  directions  for  dyeing. 
Full  particulars  for  the  special  branches  of  dyeing,  viz.,  for  loose 
cotton,  hanks  and  piece-goods,  linen  and  other  vegetable  fibres,  as 
well  as  for  machine-dyeing,  are  contained  in  our  “Manual  of  Dyeing”, 
Yol.  I,  2nd  edition,  afore  referred  to;  for  the  dyeing  of  the  Hydron 
Colours  full  details  will  be  found  in  the  pages  of  the  present 
volume.  The  application  of  the  dyestuffs  for  printing  is  described 
in  Volume  IV  of  our  “Manual  of  Dyeing”,  and  of  the  Hydron 
Colours  in  particular  in  our  book  on  “Hydron  Blue”  and  the  supple- 
ments thereto. 

We  trust  that  the  present  volume  will  be  accorded  an  equally 
favourable  reception  as  its  predecessors,  and  that  it  will  prove  equally 
useful  in  practice. 

New  York , June  1913. 


CASSELLA  COLOR  COMPANY. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016  with  funding  from 
Getty  Research  Institute 


https://archive.org/details/cottoncoloursofcOOcass 


CONTENTS 


General  Directions  for  Dyeing  Cotton  Colours  • • • I 

Directions  for  Dyeing  Diamine  Colours I 

I.  Diamine  Colours  Dyed  Direct I 

II.  Diamine  Colours  Aftertreated  with  Metallic  Salts  IV 

III.  Diamine  Colours  Aftertreated  with  Formaldehyde  V 

IV.  Diamine  Colours  Diazotised  and  Developed  ...  VI 

V.  Diamine  Colours  Coupled IX 

Dyeing  of  Diamine  Colours  in  a Cold  or  Lukewarm 

Bath XI 

Directions  for  Dyeing  Basic  Colours XII 

Paranitr aniline  Red,  Isamine  Blue,  Acid  Colours XV 

Directions  for  Dyeing  Immedial  Colours XV 

Aftertreatment  with  Metallic  Salts XVI 

Aftertreatment  with  Immedial  Developer XVIII 

Developing  Immedial  Blue  and  Immedial  New  Blue 
by  Steaming,  Smothering  or  Topping  in 

the  Vat XVIII 

Aftertreatment  with  Acetate  or  Formate  of  Soda  . . XIX 

Directions  for  Dyeing  Hydron  Colours XX 

Hydron  Blue  G and  R XXI 

Methods  of  Dyeing  Hydron  Blue XXI 

Dyeing  of  Cotton  Yam  in  an  open  Vessel XXII 

Dyeing  of  Mercerised  Cotton  Yarn XXIII 

Dyeing  of  Linen  Yarn XXIII 

Dyeing  of  Loose  Cotton  in  open  Vessels  or  Kettles  . . XXIV 

Machine-Dyeing XXIV 

Dyeing  of  Warps  in  the  Continuous  Dyeing  Machine  . XXVIII 
Dyeing  of  Piece-Goods XXX 

1.  Dyeing  in  the  Jigger XXX 

2.  Dyeing  in  the  Continuous  Dyeing  Machine  ....  XXXII 

3a.  Padding  in  the  Padding  Machine XXXIII 

3b.  Dyeing  in  the  Padding  Machine  with  a large  Trough  XXXV 


On  account  of  the  liability  of  Nitrazol  C,  pat.,  to  spontaneous 
combustion,  we  do  not  carry  this  article  in  stock.  Wherever  the 
use  of  same  is  mentioned  in  this  hand-book,  we  recommend,  in- 
stead, the  use  of  diazotised  Paranitraniline,  for  the  coupling  of 
our  colors.  The  final  result  is  exactly  the  same. 

CASSELLA  COLOR  COMPANY. 


Dyeing  of  Mercerised  Fabrics  XXXVII 

Dyeing  of  Linen  and  Half -Linen  Fabrics XXXVIII 

Treatment  of  Hydron  Blue  after  the  Dyeing  ....  XXXVIII 

Treatment  with  Perborate XXXVIII 

Treatment  with  Metallic  Salts XXXIX 

Combinations  of  Hydron  Blue  and  Indigo XXXIX 

Hydron  Blue  on  an  Iron  Mordant XXXIX 

Saddening  of  Hydron  Bluq  Shades XL 

Hydron  Violet  B and  B. XLI 

Hydron  Dark  Blue  G XLI 

Production  of  a Black  Fast  to  Ckloring  with  Hydron 

Blue  or  Hydron  Dark  Blue  G XLI 

Hydron  Yellow  G XLII 

Combinations  of  Hydron  Yellow  and  Hydron  Blue  for 

Green  Shades XLIV 

Hydron  Olive  G and  B XLV 

Combinations  of  Hydron  Olive  and  Hydron  Yellow  etc.  XLVII 

Bleaching  of  Piece-Goods  containing  Effects  dyed  with 

Hydron  Colours XLVII  I 

Determination  of  the  Fastness  of  the  Dyestuffs IL 

The  Cotton  Colours  with  accompanying  Dyeings 

and  Information  regarding  their  Properties  • • l 


A.  DIAMINE  COLOURS. 


I.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  DYED  DIRECT 


Thiofiavine  S 

Diamine  Yellow  N Powder  .... 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B,  FF,  FR,  M . 

Diamine  Gold 

Diamine  Yellow  CP,  CPO,  CPI,  CPII 
Diamine  Orange  G,  D,  B . . . . 


Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG,  ER  . . 

Diamine  Brown  GG,  3G,  5G,  ATC 
„ R,  M,  B,  S . . 

„ No.  30a — 45  . . 

Diamine  Bronze  G,  ST  .... 

Cotton  Brown  N 

Cotton  Dark  Brown  BM  . . . 

Diamine  Catechine  3G,  G,  B,  BZ 

Diamineral  Brown  G 

Diamine  Rose  B extra,  BD,  BG  . 
„ GD,  GGN  . . . 


Oxy  Diamine  Yellow  GG,  TZ,  CR  . 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  3G  . . . . 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  AGG,  AR  , 


Oxy  Diamine  Orange  G,  R . . 


Diamine  Fast  Brown  G,  R,  GB  . . 

Diamine  Brown  GWA,  BWA,  K4G  . 
„ MR.  MRD,  V,  SD 


Diamine  Bronze  Brown  PE  . . . 

Cotton  Brown  A 

Cotton  Dark  Brown  BB  . . . . 

Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G,  3GN,  RN  . 
Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  RD,  BD,  T 
Diamine  Rose  FFB,  FFB  extra  . 
Direct  Rose  T 


2,  3 
2,  3 

4,  5 

4,  5 

6,  7 
6,  7 

8,  9 

8,  9 

10,  11 
12,  13 
18,  19 
10,  11 
12,  13 
16,  17 
14,  15 
16,  17 
20,  21 
20,  21 


Diamine  Red  4B.  5B,  6B,  10B  ....  Diamine  Red  D,  DN,  101 J . . . 22,  23 

Cotton  Red  A Diamine  Violet  Red 22,  23 

Diamine  Brilliant  Scarlet  S Diamine  Scarlet  B,  3B.  HS  . . . 24,  25 

Diamine  Purpurine  V,  B,  3B,  6B  . . Diamine  Fast  Red  F,  8BL  ....  24,  25 

Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GG,  GFF  . . . Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GS,  4BN  . . 26,  27 

„ 4BFF,  4BFS  . . „ 5BFF,  6BGN  26,  27 

„ 7BFF,  8BN  . . „ SBF,  10BF  . 26,  27 

Diamine  Fast  Bordeaux  6BS 26,  27 

Diamine  Bordeaux  B,  S,  YKO  . . . Diamine  Brilliant  Bordeaux  R . . 2S,  29 

Diamine  Brilliant  Rubine  S . Diamine  Rubine  011660J  ....  28,  29 

Diamine  Violet  N,  RB,  BB Diamine  Fast  Violet  BBN,  FFBN  . 30,  31 

Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFRX  ....  Diamine  Brilliant  Violet  B.  RR  . 30,  31 

Oxy  Diamine  Violet  B.  BF,  G,  R . . . Diamine  Heliotrope  B,  0,  G . . . 32,  33 

Diamine  Sky  Blue,  FF,  FFN,  FFS  . . Diamine  Pure  Blue  A 34,  35 

Diamine  Blue  RW,  3B,  2B Diamine  Blue  BX,  BG,  6G  . . . 34,  35 

„ 3R.  AZ,  NC Diamine  Brilliant  Blue  G ....  36,  37 

Oxv  Diamine  Blue  5G,  3G.  G,  B,  R,  3R  Oxy  Diamine  Blue  PB.  PG,  PR  . . 36.  37 

Diamineral  Blue  B.  BF,  3B  . . . . Diamineral  Blue  R.  3RC,  RV  . . 38,  39 

„ CY,  CYB  ....  Diamine  Dark  Blue  B 38,  39 

Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G,  R ....  Diamine  New  Blue  G,  R . . . . 40.  41 

Diamine  Deep  Blue  B.  R Diamine  Steel  Blue  L 40.  41 

Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFB.  FFG  . . . Diamine  Fast  Blue  BN,  G . . . . 42,  43 

„ C,  CG Diamine  Fast  Brilliant  Blue  R . . 42.  43 

Diamine  Green  B,  G,  CL Diamine  Green  NA,  FG  ....  44.  45 

Diamine  Dark  Green  N 44.  45 

Diamine  Black  BH,  BHF,  BHN  . . . Diamine  Black  BIIR,  BHS  cone.  . 46,  47 

„ BO,  RO,  ROO  ....  „ RMW,  No.  31  . . 46,  47 

,,  HW „ DN,.  DB  ....  46,  47 

Diamine  Blue  Black  E,  R Diaminogene  extra,  B,  BR,  BW,  CCL  48,  49 

Diamine  Fast  Black  F,  X Diamine  Fast  Black  XN  extra  cone.  48,  49 

» C high  cone.  . . „ CB  high  cone.  48,  49 

Diamine;  Jet  Black  Cr,  00.  0000  . . Diamine  Jet  Black  SS,  M,  RB  . . 50.  51 

» GG  extra  cone.  . „ BB  extra  cone.  50,  51 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  B,  BB  cone.  . Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  FG.FB  cone.  50,  51 

Diamine  Grey  G Diamine  Fast  Grey  BN,  RN  . . . 52.  53 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  A,  AFF.  AM 52,  53 

„ SA.  D,  FFC  . . Oxy  Diamine  Black  FFN,  AT.  RR  54,  55 

» N,  SOOO  ...  „ UI,  US  . . . 54.  55 

„ JEI,  JB,  JW,  JE  „ JWF,JWB,JWN  56,  57 

» JW  superior  . . „ JWF,  FFE  sup.  56.  57 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JE,  JB  . . . . Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JEI,  FFG  . 56,  57 

Para  Diamine  Black  B,  BB,  FFB  . . Para  Diamine  Black  FF,  BF,  BBD  58,  59 

FFD „ FFBR  . . . 58.  59 

II.  DIAMINE 'COLOURS  AFTERTREATED  WITH  METALLIC  SALTS  61 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  3G Diamine  Yellow  N Powder  ...  62.  63 

Diamine  Orange  B Diamine  Brown  3G 62,  63 

Diamine  Bronze  G Diamine  Green  G 62,  63 

Diamine  Brown  M,  B,  R,  MR  . . . Diamine  Catechine  B.  G,  3G  . . . 64,  65 


Diamineral  Brown  G Oxy  Diamine  Brown  3GN,  RN  . . 64,  65 

Diamine  Fast  Red  F Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GFF,  GG  . . 66,  67 

Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  4BFF,  4BFS  . . „ 5BFF,  7BFF  . 66,  67 

Diamine  Brilliant  Rubine  S . . . . Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFBN,  BBN  . 66,  67 

Diamine  Sky  Blue  FF,  FFN,  FFS  . . Diamine  Blue  RW,  3R 66.  67 

Diamine  Brilliant  Blue  G Oxy  Diamine  Blue  G,  3G,5G,R,B,PG  68,  69 

Diamineral  Blue  B.  BF,  3B  ....  Diamineral  Blue  R,  RV,  3RC  . . 70,  71 

„ CV,  CVB Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G ....  70,  71 

Diamineral  Black  B,  3B,  6B  . . . . Diamine  Jet  Black  SS,  RB,  Cr,  M . 72,  73 

Diamine  Jet  Black  00,  00  00  72,  73 

Primuline 72,  73 


III.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED  WITH  FORMALDEHYDE  75 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Orange  G . . . 

Diamine  Fast  Brown  G,  R . 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Blue  B . 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  B,  BB  cone 
Diamine  Fast  Black  X,  XN  extra  cone 
„ C high  cone.  . 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  US,  UI  . . . 

Para  Diamine  Black  B,  BB,  BF,  FFB 


Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG,  ER  . . 76,  77 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Brown  R,  VS  . 76,  77 

76,  77 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  FG,  FB  cone.  78,  79 
Diamine  Fast  Black  GV  extra  cone.  78,  79 
„ CB  high  cone.  78,  79 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  JE,  JEI,  JB  . 80,  81 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JEI,  JB  . . 80,  81 


IV.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED  83 

Primuline Diamine  Azo  Orange  RR  ....  84,  85 

Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  A,  B 84,  85 

„ 4B,  8B  . . . . Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  R.  KRO  . . 86,  87 

„ 2BL  extra  ...  „ 4BL,  6BL  extra  86,  87 

,,  8B  extra  . . . Diamine  Azo  Bordeaux  B . . . . 86,  87 

Diamine  Brown  M,  V,  S Cotton  Brown  N,  A 88,  89 

Diamine  Cutch 88,  89 

Diaminogene  Sky  Blue  N,  3B  . . . . Diaminogene  Blue  BB,  G . . . . 90,  91 

Diaminogene  Blue  NB,  NA  ....  ,,  2RN  . . . . 90,  91 

,,  3RN,  6RN  ....  Diaminogene  Dark  Blue  ....  90,  91 

Diamine  Azo  Blue  R,  RR,  6B  . . . . Diamine  Azo  Blue  No.  51,  No.  54  . 92,  93 

Diamine  Heliotrope  G,  B,  O . . . . Oxy  Diamine  Violet  BF  ....  92,  93 

Diamine  Blue  2B Diamine  Blue  3B 92,  93 

Diaminogene  B,  extra Diaminogene  BR,  BW,  CCL  ...  94,  95 

Diamine  Neron  BB Diamine  Neron  BBG 96,  97 

Oxy  Diaminogene  OB,  OT,  OT  extra  . Oxy  Diaminogene  OBB,  OV  ...  98.  99 

„ FFN „ ED,  EM  . . 100,  101 

Diamine  Black  BH,  BHF,  BHN  . . . Diamine  Black  BHR,  BHS  cone.  102,  103 

„ RO,  ROO,  BO  ....  Diamine  Azo  Black  B,  R . . . 102,  103 

,,  DB,  DN Diamine  Blue  Black  E . . . . 104,  105 

Diamine  Beta  Black  B,  BB Diamine  Beta  Black  BGH  . . 104,  105 


V.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  COUPLED  107 

Primuline Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  AR  . 108,  109 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Orange  R . . . . Diamine  Nitrazol  Scarlet  A . . 108,  109 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Bordeaux  GB  . . . Diamine  Nitrazol  Violet  R . . 108,  109 

Oxv  Diamine  Orange  G,  R ....  Cotton  Brown  N,  A 110,  111 

Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G,  RN,  3GN 110,  111 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  GF,  G,  RD  . Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  B,  BD,  T 112,  113 

Diamine  Brown  MR,  MRD,  S,  SD  . . Oxy  Diamine  Black  SA,  RR  . . 112,  113 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Blue  BR  ....  Diamineral  Blue  CV,  CVB,  3RC  114,  115 

Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G Diamine  Blue  NC 114,  115 

Diamine  Bronze  G Diamine  Grey  G 114,  115 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Green  GF,  G . . . Diamine  Nitrazol  Green  BB,  S 116,  117 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Black  B.  BB  . . . Diamine  Nitrazol  Black  KG,  KR  116,  117 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  JEI  etc Oxy  Diamine  Black  A etc.  . . 116,  117 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JEI Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JB  . . . 116,  117 

B.  BASIC  COLOURS.  no 


Thioflavine  T,  TCN Diamond  Phosphine  GG,  R,  D,  PG  120,  121 

Paraphosphine  G,  GG,  R Paraphosphine  AGE,  L,  P . . 120,  121 

New  Phosphine  G Tannin  Orange  R Powder  (Paste)  120,  121 

„ GG 120,  121 

Chrysoidine,  all  brands Bismarck  Brown,  all  brands  . . 122,  123 

Irisamine  G,  G extra Rosazei'ne  6G 122,  123 

Safranine,  all  brands Tannin  Heliotrope 122,  123 

Diamond  Magenta Magenta,  all  brands,  Cerise  etc.  124,  125 

Methyl  Violet,  all  brands Fast  Neutral  Violet  B Powder 

(Paste)  124,  125 

Crystal  Violet  10B,  5B  bluish  . . . New  Methylene  Blue  R,  3R  . . 124,  125 

New  Methylene  Blu$  N,  NX.  GB  . . „ NSS,  NSSF  . . 126,  127 

„ GG Methylene  Blue  BB,  DBB  . . . 126,  127 

Victoria  Blue  B,  R Metaphenylene  Blue,  all  brands  126,  127 

Indazine  M,  L Naphtindone  BB,  BR,  T . . . 128,  129 

Methyl  Indone  B,  R New  Blue,  all  brands 128,  129 

Acetinduline  R,  2332J,  3146J  ....  Printing  Blue  H Powder,  Paste  . 128,  129 

Brilliant  Green,  all  brands Solid  Green,  all  brands  ....  130,  131 

Malachite  Green  cone Jute  Black,  all  brands  ....  130,  131 

Black  for  Artificial  Silk,  all  brands 130,  131 

C.  PARANITRANILINE  RED,  ISAMINE  BLUE, 

ACID  COLOURS.  133 


Paranitraniline  Red 134 

Isamine  Blue  8B.  6B Isamine  Blue  B,  R 135 

Orange  EN Brilliant  Crocei'ne,  all  brands  . . . 136 

Scarlet  FR,  FRR,  F3R Croceine  AZ  136 

Eosine  3G,  GGF,  BN Eosine  Scarlet  B 137 

Erythrosine  yellow  shade,  extra  N . . Erythrosine  B,  D 137 

Phloxine  (749),  S Rose  Bengale  extra  N 137 


Rosazei'ne  B 137 

Water  Blue  B,  RB,  R Pure  Soluble  Blue 139 

Methyl  Blue  for  Cotton Blue  JBP,  JB,  BS,  RS,  RRS  ....  139 

Alkaline  Blue  3R — 6B Induline  B.  2B,  3B 139 

Solid  Blue  BD,  BBD,  R,  3R  . . . . Aniline  Grey  B,  R 139 

Silver  Grey  N Nigrosine  Soluble  in  Water  ....  140 

Alizarine  Cyanole  EF Alizarine  Cyanole  Violet  R . . . . 140 

Alizarine  Brilliant  Green  G 140 


D.  IMMEDIAL  COLOURS. 


Immedial  Yellow  GG 

„ GG  double  for  Printing 

Immedial  Orange  C 

„ C double  for  Printing 

Immedial  Green  Yellow  G 

Immedial  Yellow  Olive  G,  GB.  5G  . . 

„ 5G  double  for  Printing 
Immedial  Cutcli  0.  G,  R,  BG,  BGG  . . 

„ OG,  OR 

Immedial  Yellow  Brown  EN  .... 
Immedial  Brown  G,  B,  BR,  RR,  W cone. 
Immedial  Brown  BR  double  for  Printing 

Immedial  Red  Brown  3R 

Immedial  Maroon  B cone 

Immedial  Bordeaux  G,  GF  cone.  . . . 

Immedial  Prune  S 

Immedial  Purple  C 

Immedial  Indone  Violet  B cone.  . . . 

Immedial  Sky  Blue  Powder  cone.  . . 

Immedial  Indogene  GCL  cone.  . . . 

„ RCL  cone.  . . . 

„ B cone 

Immedial  Indone  3B,  BBF,  BF  cone.  . 

„ JBF,  JBN  cone.  . . 

„ B double  for  Printing 

,,  RR,  RG,  RB  cone.  . 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  BB,  4B  extra  cone. 

,,  B,  B extra  cone. 

„ JB,  JB  extra  cone. 

„ OD 

„ FCL  extra  cone.  . 

Immedial  Blue  C.  C extra  cone.  . . . 

„ CR.  CR  extra  cone.  . . 

„ U 300  


Immedial  Yellow  D 142,  143 

,,  D double  for  Printing  142,  143 

Immedial  Khaki  G,  D 142,  143 

Immedial  Bronze  A 142, 143 

144,  145 

Immedial  Olive  B,  GG,  3G  . . . 144,  145 

„ 3G  double  for  Printing  144, 145 
Immedial  Cutch  0 


double  for  Printing  146,  147 

146,  147 

Immedial  Dark  Brown  A . . . . 148, 149 

Immedial  Dark  Brown  A 

double  for  Printing  148,  149 
Immedial  Dark  Brown  D,  DN  cone.  150,  151 
Immedial  Maroon  B 

double  for  Printing  150,  151 
Immedial  Bordeaux  GF 

double  for  Printing  150, 151 
Immedial  Prune  S 

double  for  Printing  150,  151 


Immedial  Violet  C,  CB,  CR,  TC  . 152,  153 
Immedial  Indone  Violet  B 

double  for  Printing  152,  153 
Immedial  Sky  Blue  Paste  ....  152,  153 

do.  for  cops 152,  153 

Immedial  Indogene  BCL  cone.  . . 154,155 

„ RRCL  cone.  . . 154,155 

Immedial  New  Blue  G cone.  . . . 154,  155 

Immedial  Indone  B,BN,4B,KB  cone.  156,  157 
„ R,  R cone.  . . . 156,  157 


„ R double  for  Printing  156,  157 
Immedial  Direct  Blue  JND  extra 

cone.  158,  159 
„ 4B  high  cone.  158,  159 

„ B high  cone.  160,  161 


„ R,  RC  extra  cone.  . 160,  161 
Immedial  Dark  Blue  CRV  ....  160, 161 
„ J,  JR  . . . . 160,  161 

Immedial  Blue  CB.  CB  extra  cone.  . 162,163 
„ CBL  extra  cone.  . . 162,  163 

Immedial  Green  Blue  CV  ....  162,  163 


Imraedial  Dark  Green  B . . . . 

Immedial  Brilliant  Green  G extra  . 

Immedial  Green  GG,  BB  extra  . . 

Immedial  Deep  Green  G 

Immedial  Black  V,  FF,  G extra,  NB 
„ NNG,  NN,  NB  cone. 

„ NLN,  NNR,  NNZ  cone 

„ NBB,  BF,  BFG  cone 

„ BZ,  HS,  SN  cone.  . 

Immedial  Blue  Black  KB  .... 
Immedial  Brilliant  Black  5BY  cone. 

„ 8BG  cone. 

Immedial  Brilliant  Carbon  F . . 

Immedial  Carbon  B 

„ BL,  BL  special 

Indo  Carbon  S 


162,  163 

Immedial  Green  GGX,  BBX, 

BBXN  cone.  164, 165 
„ GG,  BB 

double  for  Printing  164,  165 
Immedial  Deep  Green  G 

double  for  Printing  164,  165 
Immedial  Black  NF,  NG,  NR,  NRT  166,167 
„ JBR  cone.,  NACC  and 

N ACC  extra  cone.  166,167 
„ NBN,  NLA,  NLJ  cone.  168,  169 

„ NGL  cone.,  BFU  135  168,  169 

„ NN  special,  AZ  . . . 168,  169 
Immedial  Brilliant  Black  B . . . 168,169 
„ 6BG  cone.  . 170,  171 

„ BB,  0 cone.  170,  171 

Immedial  Brilliant  Carbon  FG,  FB  . 170,171 

170,  171 

„ BBS,  RBSI,  KMB  172,  173 
Indo  Carbon  SF 172,  173 


E.  HYDRON  COLOURS.  i?5 


Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20%,  30%,  40%,  G Powder 176,  177 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20%,  30%,  40%,  R Powder 176,  177 

Hydron  Dark  Blue  G Paste  20%,  40%,  G Powder 176,  177 

Hydron  Violet  B Paste  20%,  40%,  B Powder 176,  177 

Hydron  Violet  R Paste  20%,  40%,  R Powder 176,  177 

Hydron  Yellow  G Paste  20% . . 178,  179 

Hydron  Olive  G Powder,  G Paste  40% 178,  179 

Hydron  Olive  B Powder,  B Paste  40% 178,  179 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  for  Printing  30% ....  178,  179 

Hydron  Black  B Paste  for  Printing  30% 178,  179 


I 


GENERAL  DIRECTIONS 
FOR  DYEING  COTTON  COLOURS. 


A.  DIAMINE  COLOURS. 

In  cotton  dyeing,  the  Diamine  Colours  are  applied  as  follows: 

I.  Dyed  direct. 

II.  Aftertreated  with  Metallic  Salts. 

III.  Aftertreated  with  Formaldehyde. 

IV.  Diazotised  and  Developed. 

Y.  Coupled  with  Nitrazol  C or  Paranitraniline  C. 


I.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  DYED  DIRECT. 

The  dyebath  is  charged  with  the  dyestuff  and  the  following 
ingredients  calculated  on  the  weight  of  the  cotton: 

For  light  shades: 

0.5 — 1%  soda  ash  and 

0.5 — 1%  soap,  Turkey-red  oil  or  monosolvol; 
for  slightly  fuller  shades, 

3 — 5%  sodium  phosphate  or 
1 — 2%  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt 
may  further  be  added  in  order  to  effect  a better  exhaustion. 

When  working  with  very  hard  water,  soap  or  oil  are  best 
omitted. 

Dye  for  about  34  hour  at  50—80°  C.  (120—175°  F.)  in  a 
very  dilute  liquor. 

For  medium  and  deep  shades: 

Vi — 2%  soda  ash  and 

10 — 20%  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt  or  common  salt. 

Dye  for  about  % to  1 hour  boiling  hot  in  a short  liquor,  to  best 
advantage  with  indirect  steam. 


II 


When  dyeing  in  mechanical  apparatus,  in  the  jigger,  padding 
machine  or  continuous  dyeing  machine,  it  is  advisable  to  calculate  the 
weights  of  the  ingredients  per  10  gallon  of  dye  liquor  used,  the  quanti- 
ties being  as  follows: 

Y\ — 3 oz  soda  ash 

3 oz — 2 lbs  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt  per  10  gallons  liquor. 


The  following  dyestuffs  are 
addition  of  salt  only: 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  AR 
Diamine  Catechine  3G 
Diamine  Bronze  G 
Oxy  Diamine  Blue,  all  brands 
Diamine  Scarlet  B,  3B 


dyed  without  soda  and  with  the 

Diamine  Green  B,  G 
Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G 
Diamine  Fast  Grey  RN 
Diaminogene  Blue,  all  brands. 


Also  when  dyeing  in  vessels  or  apparatus  of  copper  it  is  advisable 
to  use  either  very  little  soda  or  none  at  all. 


Diamine  Yellow  N and  Diamine  Fast  Yellow  3G  are  dyed  with 
the  addition  of  2%  soap  and  5 — 10%  sodium  phosphate  in  as  soft 
water  as  possible 

Exhausting  the  Baths.  When  dyeing  medium  and  deep  shades 
the  baths  are  not  completely  exhausted.  A good  deal  depends  here  on 
the  length  of  the  dye  liquor;  the  longer  the  liquor,  the  larger  the 
amount  of  dyestuff  remaining  in  the  bath.  For  instance,  in  a dye 
liquor  of  17  to  20  times  the  weight  of  the  goods  dyed,  about  one- 
quarter  to  one-third  of  the  dyestuff  remains  in  the  hath;  for  subsequent 
lots,  a comparatively  smaller  quantity  is  therefore  added.  Only  about 
one-quarter  to  one-fifth  of  the  quantities  of  soda,  Glauber’s  salt  etc. 
used  for  the  first  hath  are  required  in  the  subsequent  dyeing. 

The  addition  of  salt  accelerates  the  exhaustion  of  the  dyebaths; 
when  working  continuously  in  the  same  hath  the  salt  may  however  by 
accumulation  have  a detrimental  effect,  and  it  is  therefore  advisable 
from  time  to  time  to  test  the  hath  by  means  of  a hydrometer.  In  the 
case  of  medium  shades  the  bath  should  not  show  more  than  1% — 2° 
Tw.,  and  of  deep  shades  not  more  than  4 — 6°  Tw.;  when  this  density 
is  reached  no  more  salt  should  be  added  for  some  lots. 


Ill 


Salt.  Common  salt  and  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt  have  aprox- 
imately  the  same  effect,  but  about  double  the  weight  of  Glauber’s  salt 
crystals  is  required  to  produce  the  same  result.  For  delicate  shades  and 
for  dyeing  in  apparatus,  Glauber’s  salt  crystals  is  to  be  given  the 
preference  owing  to  its  greater  purity. 

For  the  production  of  self  shades  or  of  deep  compound  shades, 
any  of  the  Diamine  Colours  are  very  well  suited. 

For  light  compound  shades,  the  following,  which  are  the  best 
levelling  of  the  Diamine  Colours,  are  given  the  preference. 


Dyestuffs  for  light  compound  shades: 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  AGG, 

AE,  B,  FF 


Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG,  EE 
Diamine  Orange  G 
Oxv  Diamine  Orange  G 
Diamine  Eose  BD,  GD,  FFB 
Diamine  Brilliant  Scarlet  S 
Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GFF, 

4BFF 

Diamine  Brilliant  Bubine  S 
Diamine  Fast  Brown  G,  E,  GB 
Diamine  Brown  E,  MB 
Diamine  Catechine  B 


Diamine  Bronze  Brown  PE 
Oxy  Diamine  Brown  3GN 
Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFB, 

FFG,  G 

Diamine  Sky  Blue,  all  brands 
Diamine  Pure  Blue  A 
Diamine  Fast  Grey  BN 
Diamine  Dark  Blue  B 
Diamine  Black  BH 
Diaminogene  B,  extra 
Oxy  Diamine  Violet  BF 
Diamine  Heliotrope  B,  G,  0. 


Most  of  these  dyestuffs  are  very  well  suited  also  for  subsequent 
shading,  but  the  following  are  more  particularly  to  be  recommended 
for  such  purpose  and  may  be  kept  ready  for  use  in  solutions  of  2 lbs 
dyestuff  per  10  gallons  condensed  water: 


Dyestuffs  for  subsequent  shading: 

As  yellowing  agents:  Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B,  FF,  A 
A.s  red  agents:  Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GFF,  4BFF 

Diamine  Brilliant  Scarlet  S or 
Diamine  Brilliant  Bubine  S. 


As  brown  agents:  Diamine  Catechine  B,  Diamine  Brown  E, 

Diamine  Fast  Brown  G,  E. 

As  saddening  agents:  Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFB,  Diamine  Dark  BlueB, 
Diaminogene  B,  extra. 


i* 


IV 


II.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED  WITH  METALLIC  SALTS. 

Aftertreatment  with  Copper  Sulphate. 

The  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphate  very  considerably 
increases  the  fastness  to  light  of  the  shades,  and  at  the  same  time 
improves  the  fastness  to  washing. 

According  to  the  depth  of  shade, 

1 —  3%  copper  sulphate 

„ > reckoned  on  the  weight  of  the  cotton 

2 —  5%  acetic  acid  8 Tw*  j 

are  required,  in  a bath  with  a temperature  of  50 — 80°  C. 
(120—175°  F.). 


Aftertreatment  with  Bichrome  and  Copper  Sulphate. 

This  aftertreatment  to  a very  considerable  degree  increases  the 
fastness  to  light  as  well  as  the  fastness  to  washing. 


According  to  the  depth  of  shade, 
1 — 2%  hichrome 

1 —  2%  copper  sulphate 

2 —  5%  acetic  acid  8°  Tw.* 
are  required,  in  a hot  to  boiling  bath. 


reckoned  on  the  weight  of  the  cotton 


Aftertreatment  with  Bichrome,  Chrome  Alum 
and  Chromium  Fluoride. 


This  aftertreatment  considerably  improves  the  fastness  to 
washing  of  the  shades,  but  does  not  affect  their  fastness  to  light. 


According  to  the  depth  of  shade, 
2 — 3%  of  the  above  salts 
2 — 5%  acetic  acid  8°  Tw.* 
are  required,  in  a hot  to  boiling  bath. 


j>  reckoned  on  the  weight  of  the  cotton 


Note.  Bichromate  of  potash  may  always  be  substituted  by 
bichromate  of  soda. 


The  baths  for  the  after  treatment  must  always  remain  perfectly 
clear  and  always  have  an  acid  reaction;  an  addition  of  acetic  or  formic 
acid  is  therefore  absolutely  essential. 


* Instead  of  100  parts  acetic  acid  8°  Tw.,  20  parts  formic  acid  85%  may 
equally  well  be  used. 


may  be  used  for  shading  dyeings 
bichrome , chromium  fluoride  or 

be  aftertreated  with  copper  sulphate  or 
and  bichrome , the  following 


Anv  of  the  Diamine  Colours 
which  are  to  be  aftertreated  with 
chrome  alum. 

For  shading  dyeings  to 
with  a mixture  of  copper  sulphate 
dyestuffs  may  be  used: 

Diamine  Fast  Blue,  all  brands 
Diaminogene  extra 
Diamine  Brown  S,  R 
Diamine  Fast  Brown  G,  R,  GB 
Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG,  ER 
Diamine  Orange  G,  D 


Diamine  Yellow  CP 
Thioflavine  S 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  B,  FF 
Diamine  Bordeaux  S 
Diamine  Brilliant  Bordeaux  R. 


For  particulars  regarding  aftertreatment  with  alumina,  nickel 
and  cobalt  salts  see  our  “Manual  of  Dyeing”,  Yol.  I,  2nd  edition, 
page  12. 


Aftertreatment  with  Chloride  of  Lime. 

Primuline,  aftertreated  with  chloride  of  lime,  yields  a bright 
yellow-orange  shade  of  very  good  fastness  to  light,  washing,  stoving, 
hot  pressing  and  acid  cross-dyeing. 

The  cotton  dyed  (direct)  with  Primuline  is  rinsed,  treated  for 
XA  hour  in  a cold,  clear  chloride  of  lime  bath  of  about  2/3°  Tw.,  rinsed 
again,  soured  off  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  rinsed  once  more 
thoroughly. 


III.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED  WITH  FORMALDEHYDE. 

By  the  aftertreatment  with  formaldehyde  the  fastness  to 
washing  and  milling  of  the  shades  in  particular  is  improved. 

The  cotton  is  dyed  and  rinsed  according  to  the  general  directions 
(pages  I and  II),  then  treated  for  20  to  30  minutes  in  a hot  to 
boiling  bath  with 

3%  formaldehyde  or 

3%  formaldehyde  and  1 — 2%  bichrome, 


and  rinsed. 


VI 


IV.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 

The  diazotising  and  developing  considerably  enhances  the  intens- 
ity of  some  shades  and  on  the  other  hand  changes  the  shade  of  some 
colours;  in  either  case,  however,  an  improvement  in  the  fastness  to 
washing  is  ensured  and  frequently  also  the  resistance  to  light  and  acid 
boiling. 

For  the  production  of  developed  shades  the  Diamine  Colours 
are  dyed  according  to  the  general  directions  (pages  I and  II). 


The  following  dyestuffs  may  he  dyed  for  shading  purposes 
together  with  diazotisable  dyestuffs 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow,  all  brands 
Diamine  Orange  B,  G 
Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG,  ER 
Diamine  Fast  Scarlet,  all  brands 
Diamine  Fast  Red  F 
Diamine  Bordeaux  S 
Diamine  Violet  N 
Oxy  Diamine  Violet  B,  R,  G 
Diamine  Fast  Blue,  all  brands 


Diamine  Blue  3R 
Diamine  New  Blue  R 
Diamineral  Blue  R,  CVB 
Diamine  Steel  Blue  L 
Diamine  Green  B,  G 
Diamine  Fast  Brown  G,  R,  GB 
Diamineral  Brown  G 
Diamine  Black  HW 
Diamine  Fast  Black  F. 


Diazotising.  The  dyed  cotton  is  rinsed  in  cold  water,  and  then 
treated  for  10  to  15  minutes  in  a cold  hath 


for  ligbt  and  medium  shades  with 

1.5 — 2%  nitrite  and 

5%  hydrochloric  acid 

32 6 Tw.  or 
3%  sulphuric  acid  168°  Tw. 


for  deep  shades  with 

2.5 — 3%  nitrite  and 

7.5%  hydrochloric  acid 

32°  Tw.  or 

5%  sulphuric  acid  168°  Tw. 


Hereafter  the  goods  are  rinsed  quickly  in  cold  water  to  advantage 
acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  then  developed,  without  delay. 

The  diazotised  dyeings  should  not  he  allowed  to  lie  for  any 
length  of  time  in  the  undeveloped  state. 

For  dyeing  further  lots  in  the  same  bath,  only  one-third  to 
one-half  of  the  quantities  used  for  the  starting  bath  are  required. 


VII 


In  the  same  way  smaller  quantities  of  nitrite  and  acid  suffice 
when  diazotising  in  mechanical  apparatus  with  a very  short  liquor  or 
in  the  jigger. 

Developing.  Immediately  after  the  diazotising  and  rinsing  the 
goods  are  treated  for  15  to  30  minutes  in  the  cold  developing  bath, 
then  rinsed,  and  soaped  if  necessary. 

For  dissolving  the  Developers  and  charging  the  developing  baths 
see  the  following  tables. 


Preparation  of  the  Solutions  of  the  Developers. 


Beta 

Naphtol 

Resorcine 

Yellow 

Developer 

C 

Phenol 

Phenylene 

Diamine 

Powder 

Diamine 

BB 

Fast  Blue 
Developer 
AD 

Bordeaux 

Developer 

Naphtyl- 

amine 

Ether 

Powder 

Naphtyl* 
amine 
Ether  N 
Powder 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

10  lbs 

Beta 

Resor- 

Yellow 

Phenol 

Pheny- 

Diamine 

Fast 

Bor- 

Naph- 

Naph- 

Naphtol 

cine 

Deve- 

and 

lene 

BB  are 

Blue 

deaux 

tyi- 

tyi- 

and 

and 

loper  C 

21/2 

Diamine 

mixed 

Deve- 

Deve- 

amine 

amine 

1 gallon 

1 gallon 

are 

gallons 

Powder 

with 

loper 

loper 

Ether 

Ether  N 

caustic 

caustic 

dissol- 

caustic 

and 

3 gallons 

AD  and 

and 

Powder 

Powder 

soda  lye 

soda  lye 

ved 

soda  lye 

3 lbs 

cold  water 

4 lbs 

2 lbs 

and 

and 

77  0 Tw. 

77  0 Tw. 

with 

770  Tw. 

soda 

and 

hydro- 

hydro- 

4 lbs 

2 lbs 

Prepa- 

are 

are 

boiling 

are 

ash  are 

agitated 

chloric 

chloric 

hydro- 

hydro- 

ration 

1 mixed 

mixed 

water 

mixed 

dissol- 

with 

acid  are 

acid  are 

chloric 

chloric 

and 

and 

to  10 

and 

ved 

1 gallon 

mixed 

mixed 

acid  are 

acid  are 

ti  Ike 

dissol- 

dissol- 

gallons. 

dissol- 

with 

hydro- 

and 

and 

mixed 

mixed 

Stack 

Solutions 

ved 
with 
boiling 
1 water 
1 to  10 
gallons. 

ved 
with 
boiling 
water 
to  10 
gallons. 

ved 
with 
boiling 
water 
to  10 
gallons. 

boiling 
water 
to  10 
gallons. 

chloric 
acid  until 
dissolved, 
and  then 
brought 
with  cold 
water  to 
10  gallons. 

brought 
with 
boiling 
water 
to  50 
gallons. 

9 

brought 
with 
boiling 
water 
to  50 
gallons. 

and 

brought 
with 
boiling 
water 
to  50 
gallons. 

and 

brought 
with 
boiling 
water 
to  50 
gallons. 

Preparation  of  the  Developing  Baths. 

For  every  100  lbs  of  cotton,  prepare  the  baths  with  the  following 
amounts  of  the  above  solutions: 


Beta 

Naphtol 

Resorcine 

Yellow 

Developer 

C 

Phenol 

Phenylene 

Diamine 

Powder 

Diamine 

BB* 

Fast  Blue 
Developer 
AD 

Bordeaux- 

Developer 

Naphtyl- 

amine 

Ether 

Powder 

Naphtyl- 
arainv 
Ether  N 
Powder 

Light 

shades 

- 

pints 

| 2*/s 

pints 

4 

pints 

2 

pints 

23/4 

pints 

31/4 

pints 

33  '4 

gallons 

2 1/2 

gallons 

33/4 

gallons 

33/4 

gallons 

Medium 
and  dark 
shades 

7 

pints 

51/2 

pints 

i 

gallon 

4 

pints 

51/2 

pints 

61/2 

pints 

71/2 

gallons 

5 

gallons 

71/2 

gallons 

71/2 

gallons 

* When  working  with  Diamine  BB.  3 lbs  soda  ash  are  added  to  the 
developing  bath  per  100  lbs  cotton  together  with  the  developer. 


VIII 


Calculated  on  the  weight  of  the  dyed  goods,  the  following 
quantities  of  developers  are  required: 


For  developing 


dyeings  of  about 
20/o 

dyeings  of  about 
4—5o/o 

Beta  Naphtol 

0.45% 

0.9% 

Resorcine 

0.35% 

0.7% 

Yellow  Developer  C 

0.5  % 

1.0% 

Phenol 

0.25% 

0.5% 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder  .... 

0.35% 

0.7% 

Diamine  BB 

0.4  % 

0.8% 

Fast  Blue  Developer  AD 

0.75% 

1.5% 

Bordeaux  Developer 

0.5  % 

1.0% 

Naphtylamine  Ether  Powder  .... 

0.75% 

1.5% 

Naphtylamine  Ether  N Powder 

0.75% 

1.5% 

The  Developers  are  dissolved  with  the  additions  stated  in  the 
table  (page  VII) ; the  quantities  given  are  in  each  case  to  he  under- 
stood for  the  first  bath.  When  using  the  baths  continuously,  their 
quantities  for  the  following  developing  baths  are  reduced  to  about  one- 
quarter.  When  working  in  a large  volume  of  liquor  (more  than  20  times 
the  weight  of  the  goods)  a somewhat  larger  addition  of  Developer 
is  required,  whereas  in  the  case  of  very  short  baths  the  quantity  of 
same  may  be  reduced. 


For  varying  the  shades  to  be  developed,  some  of  the  Developers 
may  also  he  mixed  with  others ; for  instance, 


Beta  Naphtol 
Beta  Naphtol 
Beta  Naphtol 
Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
Naphtylamine  Ether 


with  Besorcine 

„ Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
„ Yellow  Developer  C 
„ Resorcine 

„ Fast  Blue  Developer  AD. 


An  addition  of  copper  sulphate  to  the  diazptising  bath,  or  better 
still  an  aftertreatment  of  the  developed  shades  with  copper  sulphate, 
will  in  most  cases  improve  the  fastness  to  light.  The  same  quantity 
of  copper  sulphate  is  used  as  indicated  on  page  IV. 


IX 


For  shading,  the  developed  as  well  as  the  direct  dyeings  may 
be  topped  with  Basic  Colours ; in  some  special  cases  the  Basic 
Colours  for  the  topping  may  be  added  to  the  diazotising  bath. 

Boiling  with  Soda.  Some  of  the  Diamine  Colours,  particularly 
Diamine  Cutch , may  instead  of  being  developed  be  subjected  to  a 
simple  heating  with  soda.  This  is  done  by  diazotising  as  usual,  then 
rinsing  without  any  addition  of  acid,  and  immediately  aftertreating 
for  15  to  20  minutes  in  a warm  bath  of  40  —50°  C.(105 — 120°  F.)with 

2.5%  soda  ash  in  the  case  of  light  shades  and 
5 % soda  ash  in  the  case  of  deep  shades 

finallv  rinsing  as  usual. 


V.  DIAMINE  COLOURS  COUPLED. 

The  shades  obtained  by  coupling  possess  good  fastness  to  washing 
and  milling,  and  many  of  them  also  good  fastness  to  acid  cross-dyeing 
and  light. 

The  coupling  is  done  by  treating  the  dyed  and  rinsed  cotton 
for  Vi  hour  according  to  the  general  directions  (pages  1 and  II)  in 
one  of  the  coupling  baths  prepared  with  Nitrazol  C or  diazotised 
Paranitraniline  C (see  below). 

The  cold  coupling  bath  is  charged  successively  with  the  solutions 
of  Xitrazol  or  diazotised  Paranitraniline,  soda  and  acetate  of  soda; 
in  this  bath  the  cotton  is  treated  for  14  hour  and  then  rinsed. 

When  coupling  dyeings  on  loose  cotton  or  in  machines,  it  is  well 
to  omit  the  soda  and  acetate  of  soda,  and  to  increase  the  quantity  of 
Xitrazol  or  Paranitraniline  by  one-quarter  to  one-third. 

For  shading  the  dyeings,  small  quantities  of  Basic  Colours  may 
be  added  to  the  coupling  bath,  e.  g.  for  Black  0.2 — 0.3%  Methylene 
Blue  BB. 


ii 


X 


a)  Coupling  with  Nitrazol  C. 
For  100  lbs  cotton 


for  1 14 — 2%  dyeings  with 

for  3 — 4%  dyeings  with 

2 lbs  Nitrazol  C 

3 — 4 lbs  Nitrazol  C 

14  lb  soda  ash 

Yx — 1 lb  soda  ash 

3 14  oz  acetate  of  soda 

3 Yx — 4 oz  acetate  of  soda. 

To  dissolve  the  Nitrazol  C,  it  should  be  mixed  with  a little 
cold  water  (20 — 25°  C.  or  68 — 77°  F.).  Any  lumps  that  may  remain 
should  be  carefully  crushed,  the  Nitrazol  being  finally  brought  into 
solution  by  pouring  a sufficient  quantity  of  cold  water  over  it. 


b)  Coupling  with  Paranitr aniline  C. 
For  100  lbs  cotton 


for  114  — 2%  dyeings  with 

for  3 — 4%  dyeings  with 

314  gallons  diazotised 

about  5 — 7 gallons  diazotised 

Paranitraniline  C 

Paranitraniline  C 

14  lb  soda  ash 

Yx — 1 lb  soda  ash 

314  oz  acetate  of  soda 

5 — 6 14  oz  acetate  of  soda. 

Paranitraniline  is  diazotised  as  follows: 

Dissolve 

2 lbs  Paranitraniline  C with 

1 14  gallons  boiling  condensed  water,  stir  well,  and  then  add 
14  gallon  hydrochloric  acid  32°  Tw.  After  some  stirring,  all 
will  be  dissolved;  then  add 

3 Vi  gallons  cold  water,  which  precipitates  the  hydrochloride  of 

Paranitraniline  in  the  form  of  a yellow  paste. 

This  solution  should  always  be  prepared  a few 
hours  before  use  in  order  to  cool  down. 

When  quite  cold,  add 
1 lb  1 oz  nitrite  of  soda  dissolved  in 

1 gallon  cold  water,  agitating  the  mixture.  After  about 
20  minutes,  a clear  solution  results,  which  is  then 
brought  up  to 

20  gallons  with  cold  water. 


XI 


The  (liazo  solution  may  be  preserved  for  a considerable  time 
when  kept  in  wooden  or  porcelain  vessels,  and  protected  against  heat 
and  sunlight. 


DYEING  OF  DIAMINE  COLOURS  IN  A COLD  OR  LUKEWARM  BATH. 

All  Diamine  Colours  may  be  dyed  in  a cold  or  lukewarm  bath, 
onlv  that  in  such  case  some  more  dyestuff  is  required  for  full  shades 
than  when  dyeing  in  a hot  bath.  The  following  brands,  some  of 
which  go  on  the  fibre  just  as  well  as  in  a hot  bath,  are  particularly 
well  suited  for  this  method: 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  AGG 
Diamine  Yellow  CP 
Thioflavine  S 

Oxv  Diamine  Yellow  GG,  TZ 
Diamine  Orange  G,  D 
Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG,  ER 
Oxy  Diamine  Orange  R 
Diamine  Rose,  all  brands 
Diamine  Purpurine  6B 
Diamine  Violet  Red 
Diamine  Red  10B 
Diamine  Brown  M,  S 
Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  G 

Dye  cold  or  lukewarm  in  the  usual  manner,  for  deep  shades 
with  somewhat  more  dyestuff  than  is  generally  used  for  the  starting 
bath,  and  with  the  addition  of  3/s — 3A  oz  soda  and  8 oz  to  3 lbs 
desiccated  Glauber’s  salt  or  common  salt  per  10  gallons.  For  sub- 
sequent dyeing  add  in  the  case  of  light  shades  about  two-thirds  to 
three-quarters,  and  in  the  case  of  deep  shades,  one-half  to  two-thirds 
the  quantities  of  dyestuff  contained  in  the  starting  bath,  and  about 
one-quarter  to  one-fifth  of  the  amount  of  soda  and  Glauber’s  salt. 

For  Blacks,  Damme  Black  BH,  BHF,  DN  and  Diamino  gene  B 
are  diazotised  after  the  dyeing  and  then  developed  with  Phenylene 
Diamine,  or  with  Phenylene  Diamine  together  with  Resorcine  or 
again  with  Beta  Naphtol  and  Phenylene  Diamine. 


Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFBN, 

FFRN,  BBN 
Diamine  Brilliant  Violet  B,  RR 
Diamine  Sky  Blue,  FF, 

FFN,  FFS 
Diamine  Pure  Blue  A 
Diamine  Blue  2B,  3B,  BX 
Diamine  Azo  Blue  2R 
Diamine  Heliotrope  B,  0 
Diamine  Fast  Grey  BN 
Diamine  Black  BH,  BHF,  DN 
Diaminogene  B. 


ii* 


XII 


B.  BASIC  COLOURS. 

The  Basic  Colours  as  a rule  require  for  their  good  exhaustion 
and  fixation  on  the  fibre  a preliminary  mordanting  of  the  cotton. 
The  mordanting  is  mostly  done  by  a treatment  with  a tannin  — 
chiefly  tannic  acid,  for  dark  colours  also  sumac  — and  subsequent 
fixing  with  antimony  or  iron  salts. 

Some  special  dyestuffs  may  be  dyed  direct  or  on  a mordant  of 
Turkey-red  oil  and  sulphate  of  alumina. 

For  bright  colours,  the  goods  are  bleached,  whilst  for  dark 
colours  they  are  simply  boiled.  For  mordanting  and  dyeing,  wooden 
vats  are  best  suited;  iron  vessels  should  be  avoided,  and  care 

should  be  taken  to  use  water  as  free  from  iron  as  possible.  In  case 
water  free  from  iron  should  not  be  available  for  mordanting,  a little 
hydrochloric  acid  should  be  added  to  the  mordanting  liquor. 

Dyeing  on  a Tannin  Mordant. 

1.  Mordanting  with  Tannic  Acid. 

Mordant  for 

light  shades  with  1 — 2%  tannic  acid 
medium  ,,  „ 3 — 4%  „ ,, 

deep  „ „ 5—6% 

lukewarm  or  hot  for  2 to  3 hours,  or  in  the  case  of  deep  shades 

overnight. 

The  baths  exhaust  but  incompletely,  and  for  deep  shades  they 
are  therefore  used  for  mordanting  further  lots,  being  replenished 
for  each  fresh  lot  with  about  2/ 3 to  3A  of  the  quantities  tannic  acid 
used  for  the  first  lot.  In  order  to  exhaust  the  mordanting  baths  for 
deep  shades  as  far  as  possible  the  goods  are  entered  hot  and  allowed 
to  cool  in  the  bath.  In  the  same  way  as  pure  tannic  acid,  other  tannins 
such  as  sumac  may  be  used,  of  which  larger  quantities  however  will 
be  required. 

The  percentage  of  tannic  acid  contained  in  sumac  leaves  or 
sumac  extracts  varies  very  much,  but  it  may  generally  be  assumed 
that  of  sumac  leaves  4 to  5 times,  and  of  the  extracts  2 to  3 times, 
the  quantity  of  good,  pure  tannic  acid  is  required. 


XIII 


2.  Fixing  with  Tartar  Emetic  or  Other  Antimony  Salts. 

About  one-half  the  quantity  of  tartar  emetic  is  required  as  of 
tannic  acid,  and  somewhat  less*  of  most  of  the  substitutes  for  tartar 
emetic.  The  goods  previously  mordanted,  whizzed  or  pressed  off  are 
treated  cold  for  % to  Vi  hour,  and  then  rinsed. 

When  treating  further  lots,  the  antimony  baths  are  replenished 
with  two-thirds  to  three-quarters  of  the  quantities  used  for  the 
first  bath. 

A prolonged  exposure  to  the  air  causes  the  mordanted  cotton  to 
assume  a brownish  colour  on  the  surface,  and  such  discoloured  parts 
will  yield  duller  shades.  If  the  mordanted  goods  cannot  be  dyed  the 
same  day,  they  are  best  covered  with  a wet  cloth  after  the  mordanting 
and  fixing. 

2 a)  Fixing  with  Iron  Salts. 

This  operation  is  generally  carried  out  in 

a liquor  of  pyrolignite  of  iron  of  3 — 4 0 Tw.  or  in 
a liquor  containing  5—10%  copperas,  of  the  weight  of  the 
cotton, 

the  goods  being  worked  cold  for  % to  % hour,  and  rinsed. 

The  fixing  may  also  be  carried  out  first  with  antimony  salts, 
and  a treatment  with  iron  salts  may  follow  for  saddening,  or  the 
saddening  with  iron  salts  may  be  effected  after  the  dyeing. 

3.  Dyeing. 

The  cold  dyebath  is  charged  with  2—5%  acetic  acid  or  alum; 
the  goods  which  are  rinsed  very  well  after  the  mordanting  and  fixing 
are  entered,  the  dissolved  dyestuff  being  added  carefully  in  two  or 
three  portions  and  care  being  taken  that  the  bath  is  exhausted  before 
adding  any  fresh  portion.  The  bath  is  then  heated  gradually  to 
60 — 70"  C.  (140—160°  F.)  and  the  dyeing  continued  for  some  time. 
Finally  the  goods  are  rinsed  well. 

Naphtindone  is  dyed  in  the  same  manner  with  the  addition  of 
rather  more  alum  (5 — 8%)  or  of  3 — 5%  sulphate  of  alumina,  the 

* 10  parts  tartar  emetic  correspond  to  about  9 parts  antimony  salts, 
6J4  parts  double  antimony  fluoride,  6 parts  patent  salt,  and  10  parts  anti- 
mony potassium  oxalate,  antimonine  or  lactate  of  antimony.  Antimony  salts, 
double  antimony  fluoride  and  patent  salt  are  used  together  with  6 — 8%  of 
their  weight  of  soda  ash;  antimonine  and  lactate  of  antimony  on  the  other 
hand  are  applied  with  t lie  addition  of  1^  pints  acetic  acid  of  8°  Tw.  per 
100  gallons  liquor. 


XIV 


dyeing  being  continued  for  another  20  to  30  minutes  at  boiling 
temperature  after  the  exhaustion  of  the  bath. 

Jf.  Mordanting  After  the  Dyeing. 

In  order  to  enhance  the  fastness,  and  particularly  the  fastness 
to  acid  boiling,  the  goods,  after  dyeing,  are  taken  once  more  through 
the  old  mordanting  baths  which  for  this  purpose  are  replenished  with 
about  one-half  the  quantities  used  for  the  starting  baths;  the  goods 
are  worked  first  for  one  hour  in  the  tannin  and  then  for  14  hour  in 
the  antimony  bath,  and  rinsed. 

Dyeing  on  a Turkey-Red  Oil  Mordant. 

This  method  serves  for  the  production  of  very  bright  pink 
shades  on  cotton  yarn  with  Irisamine  or  Rosaze'ine.  The  yarn  is 
impregnated  in  lots  of  one  pound  each  in  a liquor  consisting  of  1 part 
Turkey-red  oil  and  2 parts  water;  it  is  then  wrung  off  evenly,  or 
whizzed,  and  dried,  and  mordanted  once  or  twice  again  in  the  same 
way.  After  each  pound  of  cotton  the  liquor  is  freshened  up  with 
1 quart  of  a mixture  of  1 part  oil  and  2 parts  water. 

Occasionally,  the  goods,  after  the  impregnation  with  Turkey-red 
oil,  are  mordanted  also  with  acetate  of  alumina  (of  about  5°  Tw.), 
then  wrung  off  or  hydroextracted,  and  likewise  dried.  More  bluish 
shades  are  obtained  in  this  manner. 

Dye  in  a short,  cold  bath  with  the  addition  of  a little  acetic 
acid,  and  dry  at  a moderate  temperature. 

Direct  Dyeing  with  Basic  Colours. 

Certain  Basic  Colours,  particularly  Naphtindone,  may  like 
the  Diamine  Colours  be  dyed  in  a salt  bath. 

Naphtindone  BB  is  then  dyed  with  3 — 3M>  lbs  common  salt 
or  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt  per  10  gallons;  enter  the  cotton  at 
40 — 50°  C.  (105 — 120°  F.),  heat  to  the  boil,  and  rinse. 


XV 


c. 

PARANITRANILINE  RED 
ISAMINE  BLUE 
ACID  COLOURS 


see  pages 


133-140. 


D.  IMMEDIAL  COLOURS. 

For  the  dyeing  of  Immedial  Colours,  wooden  or  iron  vessels  as 
a rule  are  used.  Copper  or  brass,  in  so  far  as  they  may  come  into 
contact  with  the  liquor,  should  be  avoided. 

The  dyeing  is  generally  carried  out  with  the  addition  of  sodium 
sulphide,  soda  and  common  salt  or  Glauber’s  salt. 

The  sodium  sulphide  serves  the  purpose  of  dissolving  the 
dyestuff  and  keeping  it  in  solution;  it  is  important  therefore  that 
the  bath  should  always  contain  a sufficient  amount  of  sodium 
sulphide.  A moderate  excess  does  not  matter,  hut  a large  excess 
retards  the  exhaustion,  the  shades  turning  out  lighter  thereby.  It 
has  to  he  considered  that  for  light  shades  a much  larger  quantity 
proportionately  of  sodium  sulphide  is  required  than  for  deep  shades. 

Soda  is  added  partly  to  assist  the  action  of  the  sodium  sulphide 
and  partly  to  correct  the  hardness  of  the  water. 

Common  salt  and  Glauber’s  salt  assist  the  absorption  of  the 
dyestuff.  The  addition  of  salt  should  therefore  be  rather  small  or 
should  be  omitted  entirely  in  the  case  of  light  shades  and  of  material 
difficult  to  penetrate. 

When  dyeing  deep  shades  in  the  standing  bath,  it  is  advisable, 
same  as  for  the  Diamine  Colours,  to  test  the  bath  from  time  to  time 
for  the  quantity  of  salt  it  contains.  For  medium  shades  the  bath 
should  not  show  more  than  4°  Tw.  and  for  deep  shades  not  more  than 
7 — 9°  Tw.;  for  blacks  however  the  specific  gravity  may  be  rather 
higher  (10 — 12°  Tw.),  hut  when  these  limits  are  reached,  no  more 
salt  should  he  added  for  some  lots. 


XVI 


Of  Glauber’s  salt  crystals  double  the  quantity  is  required  as 
of  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt  or  of  common  salt;  for  machine-dyeing 
in  particular  crystallised  Glauber’s  salt  should  be  given  the  preference. 

For  the  proportions  of  these  additions,  as  well  as  for  particulars 
of  the  further  application  of  Turkey-red  oil,  monosolvol,  glucose  and 
glue  in  the  dyeing  with  Immedial  Colours,  see  our  “Manual  of 
Dyeing”,  Yol.  I,  2nd  edition,  pages  22  to  34. 

As  a rule,  the  Immedial  Colours  are  dyed  in  as  short  baths 
as  practicable,  light  shades  as  a rule  in  a warm  to  hot  bath  and  deep 
shades  in  most  cases  near  boiling  temperature.  Some  Immedial 
Colours  are  however  dyed  at  a lower  temperature,  also  in  deep  shades, 
and  a number  of  them  moreover  may  be  dyed  very  well  in  a cold  or 
lukewarm  bath  (see  our  “Manual  of  Dyeing”,  Yol.  I,  2nd  edition, 
pages  40  and  41). 

After  dyeing,  yarns  and  piece-goods  are  pressed  off  thoroughly 
and  then  as  a rule  rinsed  immediately.  Loose  cotton,  instead  of  being 
squeezed  off,  is  thrown  into  baskets  in  order  to  drain,  or  hydro- 
extracted,  and  then  rinsed.  Immedial  lndone  and  Immedial  Sky  Blue 
are  to  best  advantage  freed  of  the  excess  liquor  before  rinsing  by 
squeezing  off,  wringing  or  whizzing  as  thoroughly  as  possible,  and 
are  then  aired. 


AFTERTREATMENT  OF  IMMEDIAL  COLOURS. 

I.  AFTERTREATMENT  WITH  METALLIC  SALTS. 

a)  Aftertreatment  with  Bichrome. 

By  this  kind  of  aftertreatment  the  shades  turn  out  finer  in 
many  cases,  especially  in  the  case  of  all  blue  and  black  brands,  while 
it  prevents  light  shades  from  changing  by  subsequent  oxidation. 

As  a rule 

3%  bichrome  and  3 — 5%  acetic  acid  8°  Tw.* 

are  used. 

The  dyed  and  well  rinsed  cotton  is  aftertreated  hot  for  20  to 
30  minutes,  and  rinsed  thoroughly  once  more. 


* Instead  of  100  parts  acetic  acid  8°  Tw.,  20  parts  formic  acid  85%  may 
equally  well  be  used. 


XVII 


b)  Aftertreatment  with  Bichrome  and  Bisulphite: 

This  aftertreatment,  like  the  one  afore-described,  increases  the 
brightness  of  the  blue  Immedial  Colours,  especially  of  the  Immedial 
Direct  Blues,  Immedial  Blues  and  Immedial  New  Blues,  offering  also 
the  advantage  that  it  may  be  carried  out  in  the  cold  bath. 

The  last  rinsing  bath  is  charged  with 
0.5 — 1%  bichrome, 

and  this  liquor  allowed  to  react  for  a few  minutes  on  the  goods, 
whereupon 

4—8  oz  bisulphite  of  soda  of  64°  Tw.  per  10  gallons  liquor 
are  added  to  the  same  bath,  the  goods  being  then  treated  for  another 
7 to  10  minutes,  and  rinsed  once  more. 

c)  Aftertreatment  with  Bichrome  and  Copper  Sulphate: 

This  aftertreatment  increases  the  fastness  to  light,  washing 
and  boiling  of  most  colours,  and  raises  the  shade  of  a great  many, 
especially  those  of  Immedial  Direct  Blue,  Immedial  Blue  and 
Immedial  New  Blue.  It  also  prevents  the  dyeings  from  changing 
by  a subsequent  spontaneous  oxidation. 

The  following  quantities  are  as  a rule  used,  viz: 

1.5 — 2%  bichrome,  1.5 — 2%  copper  sulphate  and 
3 — 5%  acetic  acid*, 

the  method  of  working  being  the  same  as  described  under  (a) . 

d)  Aftertreatment  with  Nickel  Sulphate  and  Bichrome: 

This  method  of  afertreatment,  for  which  we  hold  letters 
patent,  enhances  the  fastness  to  light  and  washing,  and  increases 
the  brightness  of  Immedial  Direct  Blue,  Immedial  Blue,  Immedial 
New  Blue  and  Immedial  Indogene  B.  It  is  applied  principally  as 
a substitute  for  the  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  bluestone  in 
iron  apparatus,  because  copper  salts  affect  the  iron. 

The  following  are  about  the  quantities  used  when  following 
this  method: 

1 — 2%  nickel  sulphate,  1 — 2%  bichrome, 

3 — 5%  acetic  acid.* 

The  dyed  and  well  rinsed  cotton  is  treated  hot  for  20  minutes 
and  rinsed  well  once  more. 

* Instead  of  100  parts  acetic  acid  8<>  Tw.,  20  parts  formic  acid  85% 
may  be  used. 


ill 


XVIII 


II.  AFTERTREATMENT  WITH  IMMEDIAL  DEVELOPER. 

This  developer  replaces  hydrogen  peroxide  and  sodium  peroxide 
used  hitherto.  It  keeps  very  well,  is  very  easy  to  apply,  and  serves 
for  the  following  two  purposes: 


a)  For  Oxidising  of  Immedial  Indone,  Immedial  Indogene  or 
Immedial  Direct  Blue. 

These  shades  oxidise  more  quickly  and  gain  in  brightness  by 
rinsing  with  a slight  amount  of  Immedial  Developer. 

The  cotton  is  dyed  in  the  customary  manner,  and  rinsed.  The 
last  rinsing  hath  is  heated  to  40 — 50°  C.  (105  — 120°  F.)  and 
charged  with  0.5 — 1%  Immedial  Developer  (of  the  weight  of  the 
goods)  whilst  stirring.  The  cotton  is  treated  in  this  bath  for  about 
20  minutes,  and  may  then  as  a rule  be  freed  from  water  at  once,  and 
dried. 

This  treatment  is  particularly  of  advantage  for  dyeing  in 
apparatus. 

b)  For  Developing  Dyeings  of  Immedial  Blue  and 
Immedial  New  Blue. 

This  method  of  developing  yields  the  same  brightness  of  shade 
as  is  ensured  by  the  older  methods  of  developing  by  smothering  and 
steaming  described  below.  The  latter  is  however  the  cheaper  method, 
but  the  developing  may  also  be  effected  with  Immedial  Developer. 
The  developing  with  Immedial  Developer  is  more  advantageous  than 
that  with  peroxide  of  hydrogen  or  sodium  which  is  applied 
occasionally  for  the  same  purpose. 

Dye  the  cotton  in  the  usual  way,  and  rinse  immediately.  Stir 
1—2%  Immedial  Developer  (of  the  weight  of  the  goods)  into  the 
last  rinsing  bath  heated  to  40 — 50°  C.  (105 — 120°  F.),  then  enter 
the  goods,  raise  gradually  to  the  hoil,  working  about  Vi  hour  in  all. 
Finally  rinse  once  more. 


III.  DEVELOPING  OF  IMMEDIAL  BLUE  AND  IMMEDIAL  NEW  BLUE  BY  STEAMING, 
SMOTHERING  OR  TOPPING  IN  THE  VAT. 

After  dyeing,  the  goods  are  whizzed  without  previous  rinsing, 
and  wrung  or  squeezed  off;  when  dyeing  in  apparatus  the  liquor 


XIX 


is  drawn  off  well  by  suction  or  pressed  off.  The  shades  are  then 
developed  by  steaming  or  smothering,  or  again  by  topping  in  the 
Indigo  vat  as  described  on  pages  38  and  39  of  our  “Manual  of 
Dyeing”,  Yol.  I,  2nd  edition. 


IV.  AFTERTREATMENT  WITH  ACETATE  OR  FORMATE  OF  SODA. 

This  treatment  is  applied  principally  for  Blacks  produced  with 
lmmedial  Colours  and  as  a final  operation  in  those  cases  in  which 
the  goods  are  not  otherwise  treated  wfith  alkalies,  soda,  soap  and 
the  like. 

This  aftertreatment  is  particularly  needed  for  all  those  black 
dyeings  (with  the  exception  of  Indo  Carbon)  which  are  brightened 
with  acid,  for  instance  silk-scrooped.  In  this  case  the  acetate  or 
formate  of  soda  is  added  straight  to  the  acid  brightening  bath. 

An  aftertreatment  of  this  kind  is  important  also  for  warps 
in  unions  if  the  pieces  are  subsequently  cross-dyed  in  an  acid  bath  or 
stoved,  or  if  cotton  dyed  black  in  this  manner  is  woven  up  with  wool, 
previously  dyed  acid  or  stoved.  After  the  acid  cross-dyeing  and 
storing,  the  goods  must  without  fail  be  rinsed  thoroughly  and  then 
treated  again  with  acetate  of  soda. 

For  black  yarns  to  be  cross-dyed  or  stoved  it  is  also  well  to 
aftertreat  with  bichrome  in  the  usual  way,  after  the  dyeing  and 
rinsing,  and  then  to  rinse  with  the  addition  of  acetate  of  soda  to  the 
last  rinsing  bath. 

The  quantity  of  acetate  of  soda  required  depends  on  the  water 
which  is  used  (hard  water  requiring  less  than  soft  water),  and  the 
amount  of  acid  in  the  goods. 

As  a rule,  5 oz — 1 lb  acetate  or  formate  of  soda  is  required  per 
10  gallons  water,  which  is  added  to  the  last  rinsing  bath.  Dyeings 
aftertreated  with  metallic  salts  are  treated  with  acetate  or  formate 
of  soda  after  the  aftertreatment  only. 

If  the  yarns,  warps  or  fabrics  are  sized  or  finished  after  the 
dyeing,  without  previous  drying,  the  salts  are  added  to  the  size  or 
to  the  finish.  If  the  yarns  etc.  are  treated  finally  with  soap  or  soda, 
it  is  not  necessary  to  use  acetate  of  soda. 


hi* 


XX 


E.  HYDRON  COLOURS. 

The  Hydron  Colours  are  vat  dyestuffs  of  very  excellent  pro- 
perties of  fastness  and  possessing  specially  good  levelling  properties. 

They  are  dyed  with  hydrosulphite,  some  brands  also  with 
sodium  sulphide  and  hydrosulphite  with  the  addition  of  caustic  soda. 
In  some  instances  the  caustic  soda  may  be  substituted  by  carbonate 
of  soda. 

Yats  of  wood,  copper,  iron  or  nickeline  are  used  when  dyeing 
with  hydrosulphite;  when  however  dyeing  with  the  addition  of 
sodium  sulphide,  vessels  or  fittings  of  copper  or  brass  must  be  strictly 
avoided. 

The  following  brands  of  Hydron  Colours  are  on  the  market: 

Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20%,  30%  and  40% 

„ G Powder 

„ R Paste  20%,  30%  and  40% 

„ R Powder. 

Hydron  Dark  Blue  G Paste  20%  and  40% 

„ G Powder. 

Hydron  Violet  B Paste  20%  and  40% 

„ B Powder 

„ R Paste  20%  and  40% 

„ R Powder. 

Hydron  Olive  G Paste  40% 

„ G Powder 

„ B Paste  40% 

„ B Powder. 

Hydron  Yellow  G Paste  20%. 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  for  Printing  30%. 

Hydron  Black  B Paste  for  Printing  30%. 


XXI 


HYDRON  BLUE  G AND  R PASTE,  20  o/0,  30  o/0  AND  40  o/0. 
HYDRON  BLUE  G AND  R POWDER. 


Dissolving  Hydron  Blue. 

The  paste  products  may  be  added  straight  to  the  dyebath.  The 
dyestuff  mixed  with  soft  water  is  added  to  the  warm  bath,  together 
with  the  requisite  quantities  of  alkali,  and  then  sodium  sulphide  or 
hydrosulphite  whilst  stirring,  as  indicated  in  the  respective  directions 
of  dyeing.  The  dyestuff  dissolves  rapidly  on  addition  of  the  hydro- 
sulphite. 

The  powder  products  before  being  added  to  the  dyebath  are 
first  made  to  an  even  paste  by  gradually  mixing  them  with  approx- 
imately their  own  to  double  their  weight  of  cold  to  lukewarm  water, 
if  possible  free  from  lime,  containing  about  one-half  gallon  of 
methylated  spirits  per  gallon  of  water.  The  mixture  is  then  added 
to  the  dye  liquor  through  a fine  sieve,  any  portions  remaining 
undissolved  being  crushed  with  a spatula  and  washed  in  with  water. 
Hereafter  the  requisite  quantities  of  alkali,  sodium  sulphide  or 
hydrosulphite  are  added. 

In  respect  to  tinctorial  power, 

100  parts  Hydron  Blue  G or  E Paste  20%  are  equal  to 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  DYEING  HYDRON  BLUE. 

The  two  following  methods  of  dyeing  Hydron  Blue  have  been 
found  the  most  serviceable  in  practice. 

a)  DYEING  WITH  HYDROSULPHITE. 

This  method  is  employed  especially  for  dyeing  pure,  light  shades. 
The  following  are  the  approximate  quantities: 

For  Light  and  Medium  Shades: 


„ G „ R „ 30%,  or 

„ G „ R „ 40%,  or 
„ G „ R Powder. 


Starting  Bath. 


Additions  for 
Subsequent  Lots. 


Hydron  Blue  Paste  20%  2 — 15  % 

Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  2 — 7.5% 
Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  2 — 7.5% 


2—11  % 
2—  5.5% 
2—  4 % 


XXII 


Starting  Bath. 

Hydron  Blue  Paste  20%  15  — 30% 

Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  7.5 — 15% 
Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  7.5 — 15% 


Additions  for 
Subsequent  Lots. 

11  —20  % 

5.5—10  % 

4 — 7.5% 


Instead  of  caustic  soda  lye,  an  equal  weight  of  soda  ash  may 
be  used,  for  deeper  shades  in  particular. 


b)  DYEING  WITH  SODIUM  SULPHIDE  AND  HYDROSULPHITE. 


This  method  comes  mainly  into  consideration  for  medium  and 
deep  shades,  but  may  be  employed  to  advantage  also  for  lighter 
shades,  particularly  in  the  case  of  goods  which  are  difficult  to  pene- 
trate. A smaller  quantity  of  hydrosulphite  is  required  than  for  the 
afore-mentioned  method,  whereby  the  dyeing  process  is  considerably 
cheapened.  The  following  are  the  quantities: 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath.  Subsequent  Lots. 


Hydron  Blue  Paste  20% 
Sodium  sulphide  crystals 
Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
Caustic  soda  lve  77°  Tw. 


6—30%  4 —20% 

6—30%  3 —15% 

2—  5%  1}4—  3% 

3— 15%  2 — 8% 


In  this  case  also  soda  may  he  used  instead  of  caustic  soda  lye, 
particularly  for  deep  shades. 


DYEING  OF  COTTON  YARN  IN  AN  OPEN  VESSEL. 

The  hanks  must  he  boiled  well  with  soda  or  caustic  soda  or 
wetted  with  Turkey-red  oil  before  being  dyed;  for  light,  pure  shades 
it  is  necessary  to  bleach  the  yarn  first. 

The  dyeing  may  he  carried  out  according  to  the  two  methods 
described  above. 

First  add  the  alkali  and  the  sodium  sulphide  which  may  be 
required  to  the  warm  bath,  then  the  dyestuff;  hereafter  add  the 
hydrosulphite  in  powder  form  or  previously  dissolved  in  cold  water, 
and  stir  the  bath  slowly  until  the  dyestuff  is  reduced,  the  bath 
showing  an  entirely  yellow  appearance.  Dye  for  14  to  1 hour,  very 
light  shades  at  30 — 40°  C.  (85 — 105°  F.),  medium  and  deep  shades 
at  60 — 70°  C.  (140 — 160°  F.),  give  two  or  three  quick  turns  in 
succession  before  lifting  the  goods,,  squeeze  off  stick  by  stick,  and  rinse. 


XXIII 


first  cold  and  then  hot.  Brighter  shades  are  obtained  by  immediately 
•wringing  off  the  dyed  and  then  squeezed  yarn,  levelling  at  the 
wringing  post,  oxidising  in  the  air  for  14  to  1 hour,  and  only  then 
rinsing;  in  this  case  the  goods  are  rinsed  first  hot  and  then  cold. 
The  rinsing  may  be  followed  up  by  a suitable  aftertreatment;  see 
page  XXXVIII. 

It  is  a great  advantage  to  dye  on  the  well-known  ~i_r  -shaped 
iron  rods,  by  means  of  which  the  yarn  may  be  kept  continually 
below  the  surface  of  the  liquor,  greater  levelness  being  thus 
ensured  and  an  economy  in  hydrosulphite  effected,  as  hydrosulphite 
decomposes  very  quickly  when  exposed  to  the  air.  Straight  sticks 
may  also  be  used,  but  in  such  case  the  yarn  must  not  be  turned  so 
frequently  and  is  best  kept  under  the  surface  of  the  liquor;  the 
quantity  of  hydrosulphite  should  then  also  be  slightly  increased. 
Enough  hydrosulphite  must  always  be  used  to  reduce  the  liquor  to 
a gold-yellow  colour,  the  yarn  on  leaving  the  liquor  likewise  having 
a yellow  (and  neither  a green  nor  a blue)  appearance.  If  green  or 
blue,  a little  hydrosulphite,  and  possibly  also  a little  caustic  soda  lye 
or  soda,  will  have  to  be  added. 

DYEING  OF  MERCERISED  COTTON  YARN. 

Mercerised  cotton  yarn  is  dyed  and  aftertreated  in  exactly  the 
same  manner  as  ordinary  cotton  yarn.  As  it  howrever  absorbs  the 
dyestuff  much  more  quickly  than  ordinary  yarn,  it  is  advisable  in 
every  case  to  add  some  monosol vol  or  Turkey-red  oil  to  the  bath,  for 
light  shades  also  increasing  the  amount  of  hydrosulphite,  and 
moreover  to  commence  dyeing  at  a lower  temperature  and  to  raise  the 
temperature  only  gradually. 

The  sodium  sulphide  process  has  been  found  particularly  use- 
ful for  very  tightly  twisted  yarns  and  such  as  are  difficult  to  dye 
through;  the  material  is  first  dyed  for  K to  Vi  hour  without  any 
hvdrosulphite,  i.  e.  with  only  the  dyestuff,  sodium  sulphide,  and 
caustic  soda  lye  or  soda;  the  bath  is  then  cooled  off  to  60 — 70°  C. 
(140 — 160°  F.),  the  hydrosulphite  strewed  in  and  the  dyeing  com- 
pleted within  Vt  hour. 

DYEING  OF  LINEN  YARN. 

Linen  yarn  is  dyed  in  the  same  way  as  indicated  for  cotton 
yarn  in  the  directions  on  pages  XXI  and  XXII.  It  is  advisable  to 
add  some  Turkey-red  oil  or  monosol  vol  to  the  bath;  the  amount  of 
dyestuff  may  also  be  slightly  reduced. 


XXIV 


For  dyeing  very  hard  material,  the  sodium  sulphide  process  i& 
particularly  well  suited;  boil  the  yarn  with  the  dyestuff,  caustic  soda 
lye  or  soda  and  sodium  sulphide  without  any  hydrosulphite,  adding 
the  latter  after  about  Vi  hour  to  the  cooled  off  bath,  and  dye  for 
another  half  hour  or  so. 


DYEING  OF  LOOSE  COTTON  IN  OPEN  VESSELS  OR  KETTLES. 

Loose  cotton  may  he  dyed  according  to  either  of  the  two 
methods  described  on  pages  XXI  and  XXII,  the  ingredients  for  the 
dyebaths  being  exactly  the  same  as  for  cotton  yarn.  It  has  however 
to  be  noted  that  for  dyeing  loose  cotton  the  sodium  sulphide  process 
is  employed  to  best  advantage,  in  applying  which  the  previous  boiling 
off  may  he  omitted.  The  hath  is  in  such  case  first  charged  only  with 
the  caustic  9oda  lye  or  soda,  sodium  sulphide  and  dyestuff,  the  hydro- 
sulphite being  omitted  until  later;  the  opened  cotton  is  then  entered 
dry  into  the  boiling  hot  bath,  and  boiled  for  Vi  to  V hour. 
Hereafter  the  bath  is  cooled  off  to  70°  C.  (160°  F.)  by  the  addition 
of  cold  water,  the  hydrosulphite  stirred  in  and  the  dyeing  completed 
in  Vi  hour,  the  material  being  worked  well  all  the  time. 

In  both  cases  the  cotton  is  thrown  into  baskets  after  dyeing, 
allowed  to  drain  off  well  or  hydroextracted,  and  then  rinsed  well,  if 
possible  with  warm  water. 


MACHINE-DYEING. 

Dyeing  in  apparatus  is  employed  for  loose  cotton,  sliver  and 
roving,  cheeses,  cops  and  warps. 

Loose  cotton  and  also  roving  and  sliver  in  form  of  tightly 
wround  cheeses  are  dyed  exclusively  by  the  packing  system.  Roving 
in  the  shape  of  Flyer-Sloeving  bobbins  is  frequently  dyed  on  spindles, 
the  material  in  such  case  being  dried  on  the  spindles  after  the  dyeing. 

Roving  is  less  frequently  dyed  in  continuous  passages  in 
special  machines;  the  passages  being  very  short,  the  dyebath  must 
be  rather  concentrated.  The  details  given  on  page  XXVIII  for  warp 
dyeing  in  continuous  dyeing  machines  may  here  serve  for  guidance. 


XXV 


Cheeses  and  cops  are  especially  dyed  by  the  spindle  system, 
cheeses  more  particularly  also  in  packing  apparatus. 

Warps,  as  far  as  they  are  not  dyed  in  a continuous  passage  in 
the  ordinary  warp  dyeing  machine,  are  frequently  dyed  on  perforated 
beams,  similarly  as  in  the  case  of  cops  or  cheeses. 

Hvdron  Blue  may  be  dyed  by  the  hydrosulphite  process  in  any 
kind  of  apparatus  made  of  wood,  iron,  copper  or  nickeline,  but  for 
the  sodium  sulphide  process,  copper  apparatus  or  fittings  of  copper  or 
brass  cannot  be  used. 

When  dyeing  Hydron  Blue  in  mechanical  apparatus,  care  must 
be  taken,  as  in  the  case  of  other  dyestuffs,  that  pure,  soft  water 
be  used. 

It  is  absolutely  necessary  to  thoroughly  boil  off  the  material, 
to  advantage  with  the  addition  of  soda  or  Turkey-red  oil.  For  light, 
pure  shades,  a previous  bleach  is  necessary,  care  being  taken  that  the 
material  is  freed  from  chlorine  and  acids  before  being  dyed. 


Examples  for  Machine-Dyeing. 

1.  LIGHT  BLUE  ON  100  LBS  CHEESES  IN  APPROX.  80  GALLONS  WATER 
IN  THE  SPINDLE  MACHINE. 


(Method  a.) 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath.  Subsequent  Lots. 


Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

4 lbs 

3 

lbs 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

14  lb 

6 

oz 

Hydrosulpliite  cone.  Powder 

4 14  lbs 

2 

lbs 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

4 Mi  „ 

2 

Monosolvol 

2 „ 

6 

OZ 

Add  to  the  bath  at  about  40°  C.  (105°  F.)  the  caustic  soda, 
monosolvol  and  dyestuff,  then  the  hydrosulphite  in  powder  form, 
or  better  dissolved  in  cold  water,  the  bath  being  stirred  until  the 
liquor  has  assumed  a completely  yellow  colour;  the  well  boiled  or 
bleached,  and  thoroughly  rinsed  material  is  then  dyed  for  14  to 
Vk  hour  at  about  40°  C.  (105°  F.). 


IV 


XXVI 


During  the  dyeing  with  Hydron  Blue,  the  bath  must  he  well 
reduced,  the  liquor  having  a golden  yellow  colour,  but  not  a bluish 
or  greenish  appearance.  If  the  latter  be  the  case,  the  quantities  of 
reducing  and  dissolving  agents  are  shown  to  be  insufficient,  and 
some  hydrosulphite,  and  possibly  also  some  caustic  soda,  has  to  be 
added. 

After  dyeing,  the  liquor  is  drawn  off  as  thoroughly  as 
possible  by  vacuum  suction;  hereafter  rinse,  first  warm,  then  cold, 
and,  in  order  to  obtain  best  possible  brightness,  aftertreat  with 
perborate;  see  page  XXXVIII. 

2.  MEDIUM  BLUE  ON  100  LBS  COPS  IN  APPROX.  130  GALLONS  LIQUOR 
IN  THE  SPINDLE  MACHINE. 


(Method  b.) 

Starting  Bath. 

Additions  for 
Subsequent  Lots. 

Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

7 lbs 

4/  lbs 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

2 „ 

1/  „ 

Sodium  sulphide  crystals 

9 „ 

6 „ 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

4K  „ 

3 „ 

Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 

3K  „ 

1 X „ 

The  cops  are  first  boiled  for  about  Z hour  with  water  as  soft 
as  possible,  without  any  other  additions,  and  then  lightly  rinsed 
with  cold  water. 

The  dyebath  at  a temperature  of  about  70°  C.  (160°  F.)  is  to 
begin  with  charged  with  the  afore-stated  quantities  of  caustic  soda, 
sodium  sulphide  and  dyestuff,  the  hydrosulphite  dissolved  in  cold 
water  being  then  added.  The  liquor  must  after  some  minutes  be 
reduced  to  a yellow  colour;  if  still  greenish,  some  more  hydro- 
sulphite must  be  added. 

Dye  for  about  % hour  at  about  70°  C.  (160°  F.),  remove  the 
liquor  quickly  and  as  thoroughly  as  possible  by  vacuum  suction, 
rinse  the  goods  once  or  twice  warm  at  about  50°  C.  (120°  F.),  and 
then  again  with  cold  water  until  the  water  runs  off  perfectly  clear 
from  a cop  pressed  in  the  hand. 


3.  DARK  BLUE  ON  LOOSE  COTTON  IN  THE  APPARATUS.* 

(Method  b.) 

About  200  gallons  liquor  per  240  lbs  Loose  Cotton. 


Starting  Bath. 

Additions  for 
Subsequent  Lots. 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

72  lbs 

48  lbs 

Sodium  sulphide  crystals 

72  „ 

36  „ 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

36  „ 

24  „ 

Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 

12  „ 

8 „ 

* Loose  cotton,  in  contradistinction  to  other  material,  is  entered  in  a dry 
state  into  the  apparatus;  a preliminary  boiling  without  hydrosulphite 
becomes  therefore  necessary. 


XXVII 


Charge  the  boiling  hot  dyebath  with  the  caustic  soda  lye, 
sodium  sulphide  and  dyestuff.  Enter  the  cotton  dry,  and  dye  for 
about  20  minutes  at  the  boil.  Cool  the  bath  down  to  about  70°  C. 
(160°  F.),  add  the  hydrosulphite,  dye  for  another  20  to  30  minutes, 
remove  the  liquor  by  means  of  the  vacuum  pump,  and  rinse,  first 
warm  and  then  cold. 


4.  DARK  BLUE  ON  100  LBS  COPS  IN  130  GALLONS  LIQUOR 
IN  THE  SPINDLE  MACHINE. 


(Method  b.) 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath.  Subsequent  Lots. 


Hvdron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

14  lbs 

9 

lbs 

Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

14  „ 

9 

Sodium  sulphide  crystals 

28  „ 

13  % 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

14  „ 

8 

>> 

Hydrosulphite  cone.  Powder 

6 „ 

3 34 

>> 

The  method  of  working  is  the  same  as  indicated  sub  (2)  for 
Medium  Blue. 


In  packing  machines  the  liquor  is  after  dyeing  drawn  off  by 
means  of  the  vacuum  pump,  and  pressed  into  the  reservoir;  hereafter 
ihe  goods  are  rinsed,  first  with  cold  and  then  with  warm  water.  If 
hydroextractors  are  combined  with  the  packing  apparatus,  apply  first 
a cold  rinsing  bath,  then  whizz  and  finally  rinse,  first  warm  and 
then  cold.  Goods  dyed  in  packing  apparatus  (cheeses,  loose  cotton  etc.) 
are  to  advantage  left  lying  for  some  time  exposed  to  the  air  or  given 
an  air  passage,  for  the  purpose  of  oxidation. 

When  dyeing  in  spindle  machines  the  liquor  is  best  removed  by 
vacuum  suction,  whereupon  the  rinsing  takes  place.  If  vacuum 
suction  is  not  available,  the  liquor  is  removed  by  means  of  the  pump, 
the  goods  being  then  covered  quickly  with  water  to  prevent  the 
outer  layers  from  oxidising.  Hereafter  rinse  until  the  water  runs 
clear.  In  order  to  increase  the  effect  of  the  rinsing,  it  is  advisable 
to  use  warm  water  for  the  purpose. 


IV* 


XXVIII 


DYEING  OF  WARPS  IN  THE  CONTINUOUS  DYEING  MACHINE. 

Warps  are  dyed  in  all  kinds  of  warp  dyeing  machines  provided 
with  squeezing  rollers,  both  by  the  hydrosulphite  and  by  the  sulphide- 
hydrosulphite  process. 

As  a rule  the  dyebaths  are  charged  in  the  same  manner  as 
stated  for  cotton  yarn,  but  the  starting  baths,  on  account  of  the 
short  duration  of  the  dyeing  operation,  must  be  correspondingly 
stronger. 

In  large-sized  continuous  dyeing  machines,  such  as  illustrated 
by  the  sketch  below,  the  dyeing,  also  of  deep  shades,  may  be  carried 
out  in  one  or  two  passages,  the  dissolved  dyestuff  necessary  for 
replenishing  the  liquor  being  added  during  the  dyeing. 


This  machine  consists  of  three  interconnected  boxes  of  a 
capacity  of  300 — 330  gallons  each. 

Adjoining  these  are  two  or  three  rinsing  vats,  but  the  rinsing 
may  also  be  carried  out  in  a second  machine. 

For  a medium  blue  shade,  charge  the  dyebath  in  the  above 
machine  with  about 


(Method  b.) 


Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20%  1 lb 

Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20%  lA  ,, 

Sodium  sulphide  crystals  1 M*  „ 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  % „ 

Hydrosulphite  cone.  Powder  5 oz 


per  10  gallons  liquor, 


enter  the  previously  wetted  and  well  squeezed  off  warps,  and  give 
one  passage  whilst  feeding  the  dyebath  for  100  lbs  of  warps  with 
the  following  additions: 


Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 
Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 


Hvdron  Blue  B Paste  20% 
Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 
Sodium  sulphide  crystals 


dissolved  together  in 
about  10  gallons 
water  at  about 

500  c.  (120o  F.). 


After  the  passage  the  warps  are  well  squeezed  off,  and  rinsed, 
first  cold  and  then  warm.  If  necessary,  a second  passage  may  be 
given  after  having  rinsed  once  cold. 

In  the  smaller  warp  dyeing  machines  the  dyeing  is  done  in  two 
to  four  passages,  the  requisite  dyestuff  as  well  as  the  other  additions 
being  distributed  over  the  various  passages. 

In  such  small  machines  containing  about  400  gallons  of 
liquor  for  400  lbs  of  warps  a very  deep  shade  of  Blue  is  dyed  as 
follows: 

For  the  first  passage  add  to  the  bath  about 


Give  one  passage  at  70°  C.  (160°  F.),  squeeze  off,  rinse  in  a 
cold  bath,  and  pile  up  the  warps. 

Then  give  three  further  passages,  for  each  passage  repeating 
the  additions  made  for  the  first  passage. 

After  each  passage  the  warps  are  squeezed  off,  given  one  cold 
rinsing  and  piled  up;  for  the  fourth  passage  the  dyebath  is  in  the  case 
of  deep  shades  to  advantage  heated  somewhat  more  (to  abt.  80°  C.  or 
175°  F.) ; after  the  squeezing,  the  warps  are  at  once  rinsed  thoroughly. 

Care  has  to  be  taken  that  the  dyebath  is  reduced  to  a completely 
yellow  colour;  if  it  turns  greenish  during  the  dyeing,  some  hydro- 
sulphite, and  possibly  also  some  soda  lye,  must  be  added. 

For  dyeing  subsequent  lots  in  the  above  bath  an  addition  has 
to  be  made,  per  400  lbs  warps,  of 


30  lbs  Hydron  Blue  K Paste  20% 
30  „ Sodium  sulphide  crystals 
15  „ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 


6 „ hydrosulphite  cone,  powder. 


XXX 


80  lbs  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

60  „ Sodium  sulphide  crystals 
24  „ Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

16  „ Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder, 

these  quantities  likewise  being  distributed  over  four  passages. 


DYEING  OF  PIECE-GOODS. 

Hydron  Blue  on  piece-goods  is  best  dyed 

1.  in  the  jigger 

2.  in  the  continuous  dyeing  machine 

3.  a)  by  padding  in  the  padding  machine 

b)  by  dyeing  in  a padding  machine  provided  with  a big 
trough. 

For  the  dyeing  of  piece-goods,  the  two  methods  indicated  on 
pages  XXI  and  XX.II  may  be  used;  in  most  cases  however  the 
method  of  dyeing  with  the  addition  of  sodium  sulphide  has  been 
found  best,  and  is  therefore  the  most  frequently  used. 

1,  DYEING  IN  THE  JIGGER. 

Dyeing  in  the  jigger  is  the  method  most  generally  in  use,  any 
ordinary  jigger  provided  with  squeezing  rollers  being  suitable  for 
the  purpose.  It  is  an  advantage  to  combine  the  dyeing  jigger  with  a 
rinsing  jigger.  The  requisite  squeezing  rollers  can  easily  be  adjusted 
to  any  jigger  available,  in  the  manner  illustrated  by  the  sketch 
at  foot. 


XXXI 


The  narrow  ends  (a)  of  the  jigger  are  fitted  with  two  bearings  (c)  which 
carry  a shaft  (d).  To  each  end  of  the  shaft,  right  and  left,  a lever  (e)  is 
affixed  immoveably  by  means  of  a rabbet  and  wedge  carrying  the  squeezing 
roller  (b).  The  levers  (e)  extend  beyond  the  roller-bearing  through  the  arms 
( f ),  which  may  be  weighted  with  the  weights  (g).  When  not  in  actual  use, 
the  whole  arrangement  is  thrown  back  into  the  position  shown  by  the  dotted 
lines,  and  is  there  arrested  by  means  of  a bolt  which  passes  through  an  eye 
in  arm  (h).  The  sprinkler  (i)  is  so  adjusted  as  to  sprinkle  the  goods  from  the 
side  on  entering  the  rinsing  jigger. 

During  the  dyeing,  the  squeezing  roller  is  set  at  rest  over  the  jigger, 
the  dyeing  being  carried  out  as  customary;  only  during  the  last  passage  the 
squeezing  roller  is  put  into  action,  the  goods  passing  the  nippers  and  running 
straight  into  the  rinsing  bath,  without  being  batched. 


Dyeing  Directions  for  Hydron  Blue  Dyed  in  the  Jigger. 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath.  Subsequent  Lots. 


Hydron  Blue  Paste  20%  3 — 30% 

Sodium  sulphide  crystals  3 — 30% 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  3 — 15% 

Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  1 K — 6% 


214—20% 
2 Vi — 15% 
2 K — 8% 
IK—  4% 


Charge  the  dyebath  with  the  requisite  dyestuff,  sodium 
sulphide  and  caustic  soda  lye,  treat  the  goods  at  the  boil  for  about 
K hour,  then  cool  down  to  60 — 70°  C.  (140 — 160°  F.)  and  strew 
the  hydrosulphite  gradually  in  small  portions  into  the  bath,  which 
should  thereafter  assume  an  entirely  yellow  colour.  Hereafter  dye 
for  about  another  K hour  at  60 — 70°  C.  (140—160°  F.),  squeeze 
off,  and  rinse. 


Example  for  Dyeing  a Medium  Blue  Shade  in  the  Jigger. 


100  lbs  cotton  goods 

Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 
Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 
Sodium  sulphide  crystals 
Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 
Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


60  gallons  liquor 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath.  Subsequent  Lots. 


7K  lbs  5 lbs 

7K  „ 5 „ 

15  „ 8 „ 

7K  „ 4 „ 

IK  „ 8 oz. 


One-half  of  the  additions  stated  is  added  to  the  bath  on 
commencing  to  dye,  the  other  half  being  added  after  the  first  passage. 
The  goods  prepared  for  dyeing  and  well  beamed  are  given  4 to  6 
passages  near  boiling  temperature.  Hereafter  the  dyebath  is  cooled 
with  cold  water  down  to  about  70°  C.  (160°  F.)  and  the  hydrosulphite 


XXXII 


strewn  into  the  bath  until  it  assumes  a completely  yellow  appearance, 
about  one-quarter  to  one-fifth  Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  of  the 
weight  of  the  Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20%  being  required. 

After  further  4 to  6 passages  the  goods  are  squeezed  off  at 
about  70°  C.  (160°  F.)  and  best  conducted  straight  into  the  adjoining 
rinsing  jigger,  rinsed  from  cold  to  hot,  and,  if  necessary,  soaped  hot. 

If  after  adding  the  hydrosulphite  both  dyebath  and  goods 
turn  gradually  greenish,  some  more  hydrosulphite  should  be  added. 
It  is  particularly  recommendable  to  add  some  hydrosulphite  before 
the  last  passage,  i.  e.  shortly  before  the  squeezing  off. 

The  dyeing  of  subsequent  lots  is  likewise  commenced,  with  the 
addition  of  the  sodium  sulphide  and  caustic  soda,  or  soda,  only; 
depending  on  the  depth  of  shade  to  be  dyed,  one-half  to  two-thirds 
of  the  quantities  used  for  the  first  bath  will  be  sufficient;  4 to  6 
passages  are  given,  same  as  for  the  first  lot,  the  hydrosulphite  then 
also  being  added. 


2.  DYEING  IN  THE  CONTINUOUS  DYEING  MACHINE. 

The  following  sketch  shows  a useful  type  of  continuous 
dyeing  machine. 


The  first  two  boxes  contain  the  dye  liquor,  the  third  and 
fourth  being  intended  for  rinsing.  Before  rinsing,  the  goods  may 
be  conducted  for  oxidation  over  the  guiding  rollers  placed  above  the 
drying  and  rinsing  boxes. 


XXXIII 


The  vats  may  he  built  of  wood  or  iron,  the  small  guiding  rollers 
being  best  made  of  iron.  The  squeezing  rollers  may  be  made  of  iron, 
with  a rubber  coating  if  necessary,  and  are  covered  with  cloth  as 
customary.  For  heating  the  bath  a closed  steam  coil  of  iron  is  used. 


The  dyebath  is  for  example  charged  for  medium  blue  with 


12  oz  Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

12  oz  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

1 V?  lbs  sodium  sulphide  crystals 
12  oz  caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

5 oz  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
3 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons  liquor. 


During  the  dyeing  the  dyebath  is  replenished  with 

6%  Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

6%  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

8%  sodium  sulphide  crystals 
4%  caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

3%  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder. 


The  requisite  ingredients  for  the  replenishing  liquor  are  mixed 
in  a wooden  or  iron  vessel  with  about  5 times  their  weight  of  water 
of  50°  C.  (120°  F.)  and  are  added  to  the  dye-vat. 

The  goods,  thoroughly  soaped  and  squeezed,  are  given  one  to 
two  passages  at  60 — 70°  C.  (140 — 160°  F.),  squeezed  off,  passed  over 
some  guiding  rollers  for  oxidation  and  rinsed. 

If  the  dyeing  machine  should  contain  copper  or  brass  parts, 
the  dyeing  is  done  without  sodium  sulphide  in  a similar  manner  as 
described  below  for  padding,  with  the  addition  of  hydrosulphite 
and  soda. 


3a.  PADDING  IN  THE  PADDING  MACHINE. 

For  padding,  the  padding  machine  is  provided  with  a very 
small  trough.  In  a vessel  placed  on  a higher  level  the  dye-liquor  is 
prepared  according  to  the  desired  shade,  and  heated  by  indirect  steam. 
During  the  dyeing  the  liquor  flows  continuously  into  the  small  trough, 
to  best  advantage  in  such  a way  as  to  distribute  evenly  under  the 
surface  of  the  liquor;  see  following  sketch. 


v 


XXXIV 


The  dry  goods,  well  freed  from  size,  are  passed  through  the 
small  padding  trough,  squeezed  off,  cuttled,  or  rinsed  straightaway. 

As  a rule  the  goods  may  be  completely  dyed  in  one  passage, 
several  passages  usually  being  required  for  deep  shades  only. 

The  padding  of  Hydron  Blue  may  be  carried  out  at  60 — 70°  C. 
(140—160°  F.)  either  with  sodium  sulphide,  hydrosulphite  and  lye, 
or,  if  the  padding  machine  is  fitted  with  copper  or  brass  parts, 
without  sodium  sulphide,  the  lye  in  such  case  being  to  advantage 
substituted  by  soda. 


a)  Padding  according  to  the  Sodium  Sulphide  Process. 

1 — 3 lbs  Hydron  Blue  Paste  20% 

10  oz — 1 lb  caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash 
1 — 2 lbs  sodium  sulphide  crystals 
5 — 10  oz  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
3 — 5 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 

b)  Padding  with  Hydrosulphite  and  Caustic  Soda  Lye  or  Soda. 

1 — 3 lbs  Hydron  Blue  Paste  20% 

1 — 3 lbs  caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash  I per  10  gallons 
Y-i  — 1 lb  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  liquor. 

3 — 5 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons 
liquor. 


XXXV 


3b.  DYEING  IN  THE  PADDING  MACHINE  WITH  A LARGE  TROUGH. 

Dveing  in  the  padding  machine  is  the  favourite  method  in  many 
works,  when  a very  large  output  is  required.  This  method  is  applied 
mainlv  for  lighter  class  fabrics. 

Hvdron  Blue  has  been  found  to  be  very  well  adapted  for  this 
method  of  dyeing,  and  plain  blue  fabrics  may  be  produced  according 
to  this  method  in  the  simplest  manner  possible  in  a degree  of  fastness 
such  as  it  has  not  been  possible  hitherto  to  attain.  The  padding 
machine,  in  addition  to  its  application  for  plain  blue  goods,  may  be 
used  also  for  resist  styles. 


The  above  sketch  indicates  a padding  machine  of  the  kind  suited 
for  the  dyeing  of  Hydron  Blue. 

As  will  be  seen,  an  ordinary  padding  machine  is  used  with  a 
roller-vat  of  a capacity  to  hold  about  130  gallons.  The  vat  should  be 
so  arranged  that  it  may  be  heated  by  indirect  steam  and  that  the 
liquor  can  flow  in  continuously. 

The  dry  goods  are  passed  through  the  liquor  at  a temperature 
of  about  80°  C.  (175°  F.).  The  passage  should  be  so  regulated 
as  to  leave  the  goods  for  25  to  50  seconds  in  the  bath;  if  necessary, 
the  size  of  the  roller-vat  must  be  increased  to  correspond  with  the 
speed  of  the  passage. 


XXXVI 


During  the  passage  of  the  goods,  the  dye-liquor  is  freshened  up 
correspondingly  by  the  addition  of  stronger  dye  solution.  To  effect 
this,  the  feeding  liquor  from  the  smaller  vessel  placed  at  a higher 
level  flows  into  the  vat  so  as  to  keep  the  liquor  always  at  the  same 
level.  The  temperature  of  the  feeding  liquor  should  he  about  50°  C. 
(120°  F.). 

After  squeezing  off  evenly,  the  goods  are  exposed  to  the  air  and 
thoroughly  rinsed  from  hot  to  cold;  they  may  then  he  soaped  hot  or 
treated  with  perborate  in  order  to  obtain  brighter  shades. 

Very  full  shades  are  best  dyed  with  two  passages.  In  such 
case  the  passages  are  so  arranged  that  the  last  piece  of  the  first 
passage  is  allowed  to  run  as  the  first  piece  in  the  second  passage.  The 
feeding  liquor  is  thereby  divided  over  the  two  passages.  The  pressure 
of  the  squeezing  rollers  should  be  so  regulated  that  the  fabric 
absorbs  90 — 100%  of  its  weight  in  dye-liquor. 

Care  should  be  taken  that  the  starting  baths  are  never  charged 
with  more  than  5 lbs  Hydron  Blue  B Paste  20%  or  214  lbs  Hydron 
Blue  G Paste  20%  per  10  gallons  liquor;  the  feeding  liquor  on  the 
other  hand  may  be  kept  considerably  stronger.  This  concentrated 
bath  for  freshening  up  the  liquor  should  be  stirred  up  vigorously 
from  time  to  time. 

Care  should  always  be  taken  that  the  dyebaths,  and  the  goods 
passing  through  the  same,  have  an  entirely  yellow  appearance;  as  soon 
as  the  bath  or  the  goods  begin  to  assume  a green  colour,  a little 
hydrosulphite  and  if  necessary  also  a little  alkali  has  to  be  added. 


EXAMPLES. 

The  trough,  containing  approx.  130  gallons,  is  charged  as 
follows:  „ 

Light  Blue: 


1  lb  Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

8 oz  sodium  sulphide  crystals 
8 „ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash 
4 „ hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
3 „ Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons 
liquor. 


Feeding  Liqvor: 

2 lbs  Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

12  oz  sodium  sulphide  crystals 

12  „ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash 
8 „ hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 

3 „ Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons 
liquor. 


XXXVII 


Medium  Blue: 

l}41bs  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

1  lb  Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

1*4  lbs  sodium  sulphide  crystals  I per  10  gallons 

1  lb  caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash  liquor. 

8 oz  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
3 „ Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


Feeding  Liquor: 

4 lbs  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

214  „ Hydron  Blue  G Paste  20% 

2 „ sodium  sulphide  crystals  I per  10  gallons 

1 „ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash  liquor. 

114  „ hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 

3 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


Dark  Blue: 


5 lbs  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

2 „ sodium  sulphide  crystals 

114  „ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash 
1 lb  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 

3 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons 
liquor. 


Feeding  Liquor: 


15  lbs  Hydron  Blue  R Paste  20% 

214  „ sodium  sulphide  crystals 

2 „ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  or  soda  ash 
214  „ hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 

3 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons 
liquor. 


DYEING  OF  MERCERISED  FABRICS. 

The  method  of  dyeing  and  the  ingredients  are  the  same  as  indi- 
cated for  ordinary  piece-goods,  the  quantity  of  dyestuff  only  being 
reduced  by  about  one-fourth,  while  that  of  hydrosulphite  is  if  any- 
thing increased;  further,  some  Turkey-red  oil  or  monosolvol  should 
be  added  to  the  dyebath. 


XXXVIII 


DYEING  OF  LINEN  AND  HALF-LINEN  FABRICS. 

Linen  and  half-linen  fabrics  are  for  preference  dyed  on  the 
ordinary  jigger  as  used  for  dyeing  cotton,  and  fitted  with  squeezing 
rollers  and  oxidation  arrangement;  the  sodium  sulphide  process  is 
applied  exclusively  as  yielding  excellent  results  with  regard  to  pene- 
tration of  hard-twisted  and  tightly  woven  linen  gods. 

The  directions  are  exactly  the  same  as  indicated  for  cotton 
goods  on  page  XXX — XXXII,  only  it  is  well  to  slightly  increase 
the  quantities  of  Turkey-red  oil  or  monosolvol,  and  to  boil  somewhat 
longer  than  for  cotton  goods  before  adding  the  hydrosulphite. 
Special  care  has  to  be  taken  that  the  dyebath  is  always  in  a well 
reduced  state. 


TREATMENT  OF  HYDRON  BLUE  AFTER  THE  DYEING. 

As  a rule  a special  aftertreatment  of  the  shades  produced  with 
Hydron  Blue  is  not  necessary,  hut  it  must  he  made  a point  to  give 
the  dyeings  a thorough  hot  rinsing  or  hot  soaping  finally. 

Other  methods  of  aftertreatment  are  as  follows: 

TREATMENT  WITH  PERBORATE. 

The  aftertreatment  vnth  perborate  comes  into  consideration  for 
yarn , loose  cotton , sliver,  cops,  cheeses,  warps  and  piece-poods.  Con- 
siderably brighter  shades  are  thereby  obtained  possessing  excellent 
fastness,  like  those  which  have  not  been  aftertreated. 

The  afterteatment  is  carried  out  for  20  to  30  minutes  with 
1 — 114  % perborate  in  a bath  of  about  60 — 80°  C.  (140 — 175°  F.), 
after  which  the  goods  are  again  rinsed. 

The  aftertreatment  with  a small  quantity  (about  V?  %)  of 
perborate  in  a warm  bath  of  only  30 — 40°  C.  (85 — 105°  F.)  is  also 
in  many  cases  applied  in  order  to  ensure  a quicker  oxidation, 
especially  in  machine-dyeing. 


XXXIX 


TREATMENT  WITH  BICHROME  AND  ACETIC  ACID. 

This  aftertreatment  effects  a quicker  oxidation,  and  is  applied 
especially  when  working  in  packing  machines. 

To  the  cold  or  warm  bath  first  3 — 5 % acetic  acid,  then 
2 — 3%  bichrome  are  added,  and  allowed  to  act  for  10  to  15  minutes. 
Hereupon  the  goods  are  thoroughly  rinsed. 

TREATMENT  WITH  BICHROME  AND  BISULPHITE. 

By  this  treatment  the  same  effect  as  with  bichrome  and  acetic 
acid  is  produced,  but  the  action  is  somewhat  more  vigorous.  After 
the  rinsing,  % — 1 % bichrome  is  added  to  the  cold  or  warm  bath 
and  allowed  to  act  for  some  minutes,  whereupon  3 — 6 oz  bisulphite 
per  10  gallons  to  the  same  bath  are  added,  the  treatment  being  con- 
tinued for  some  minutes.  Finally  the  goods  are  thoroughly  rinsed. 

TREATMENT  WITH  BLUESTONE  AND  BICHROME. 

By  an  aftertreatment  with  3%  copper  sulphate,  1%  bichrome 
and  3 — 5%  acetic  acid  the  already  excellent  fastness  to  boiling  and 
light  is  still  somewhat  enhanced.  The  treatment  may  be  carried  out 
in  a warm  or  in  a cold  bath,  an  action  of  5 to  15  minutes  being 
sufficient.  The  dyed  cotton  is  then  thoroughly  rinsed. 


COMBINATIONS  OF  HYDRON  BLUE  AND  INDIGO. 

Indigo  and  Hydron  Blue  may  be  dyed  together  in  one  bath, 
it  being  however  an  advantage  in  such  case  to  work  at  a somewhat 
lower  temperature,  viz.  at  about  40°  C.  (105°  F.).  It  has  moreover 
to  be  considered  that  3/ 4 — 4/s  of  the  Indigo  remains  in  the  bath,  where- 
as the  greater  portion  of  the  Hydron  Blue  is  taken  up  by  the  fibre. 
When  using  fairly  large  quantities  of  Indigo  it  is  consequently  best 
to  bottom  with  Hydron  Blue  and  to  top  in  a fresh  bath  with  Indigo. 


HYDRON  BLUE  ON  AN  IRON  MORDANT. 

While  it  is  possible  to  produce  the  greatest  variety  of  light  blue 
and  dark  blue  shades  following  the  above  described  methods,  by 
dyeing  direct,  a very  deep  Copper  Blue  is  sometimes  demanded  which 


XL 


is  not  obtainable  by  dyeing  direct  without  using  an  excessive  amount 
of  dyestuff.  By  previously  mordanting  the  cotton  with  iron  salts 
and  subsequent  dyeing  with  Hydron  Blue,  however,  very  fine,  full 
coppery  blue  shades  may  be  obtained  entirely  equalling  deep  Indigo 
shades  but  by  far  excelling  them  in  properties  of  fastness. 

The  method  of  working  is  as  follows: 

The  boiled  cotton  ig  treated  for  about  20  minutes  with  about 
1 lb  copperas  per  10  gallons  or  with  a solution  of  pyrolignite 
of  iron  or  nitrate  of  iron  of  2 — 4 0 Tw.  in  a cold  bath,  to  which 
some  acetic  or  formic  acid  is  to  advantage  added.  Cotton  yarn  is 
hereafter  wrung  off  or  whizzed,  while  piece-goods  are  squeezed  off. 
Then  the  goods  are  entered  into  a lukewarm  bath  containing 
1 — 1 Yt  lbs  soda  ash  per  10  gallons,  and  are  treated  for  about 
10  minutes.  After  rinsing  thoroughly,  the  dyeing  with  Hydron 
Blue  is  carried  out,  to  best  advantage  with  soda  lye  or  soda  and 
hydrosulphite,  according  to  the  directions  on  page  XXI. 

This  method  is  applied  particularly  for  yarns  and  piece-goods; 
for  machine-dyeing  it  is  not  to  be  recommended. 


SADDENING  OF  HYDRON  BLUE  SHADES. 

For  saddening  Hydron  Blue  in  order  to  obtain  covered  shades, 
Hydron  Dark  Blue  G referred  to  further  on  is  the  best  suited 
colouring  matter. 

For  this  purpose  Immedial  Colours  may  however  also  be  used, 
of  which  Immedial  Black  V extra,  Immedial  Brilliant  Black 
5BV  cone.,  Immedial  Carbon  F,  and  Indo  Carbon  S are  more  parti- 
cularly adapted;  these  are  dissolved  in  the  customary  manner  with 
sodium  sulphide,  and  may  be  added  straightaway  to  the  Hydron 
Blue  bath. 

The  dyeing  is  best  carried  out  according  to  the  sodium  sulphide- 
hydrosulphite  process,  carbonate  of  soda  being  to  advantage  used  for 
the  purpose  in  the  place  of  caustic  soda. 


XU 


HYDRON  VIOLET  B AND  R PASTE  20  o/0  AND  40  o/0. 

HYDRON  VIOLET  B AND  R POWDER. 

These  are  dyed  according  to  the  same  Methods  (a)  and  (b), 
pages  XXI  and  XXII,  and  in  the  same  kinds  of  vessels  as  Hydron 
Blue.  When  dyeing  with  sodium  sulphide,  a somewhat  larger 
quantity  of  hydrosulphite  than  indicated  for  Hydron  Blue  should 
be  used. 

For  enhancing  the  brightness,  the  shades  of  Hydron  Violet, 
after  well  rinsing,  are  aftertreated  with  perborate  as  indicated  for 
Hydron  Blue  or  are  soaped  boiling  hot  (4 — 8 oz  soap  per  10  gallons). 

The  dissolving  is  done  in  exactly  the  same  manner  as  described 
for  Hydron  Blue. 


HYDRON  DARK  BLUE  G PASTE  20  o/0  AND  40  o/0. 

HYDRON  DARK  BLUE  G POWDER. 

Hydron  Dark  Blue  G may  be  dyed  with  caustic  soda  and 
hydrosulphite  or  vith  caustic  soda,  sodium  sulphide  and  hydrosulphite, 
the  quantity  of  caustic  soda  has  however  to  be  increased  in  the 
starting  bath  to  about  the  same  weight  as  that  of  dyestuff;  in 
subsequent  dyeing  on  old  baths,  one-half  to  three-quarters  the  weight 
of  caustic  soda  as  of  dyestuff  is  fully  sufficient. 

The  dyeing  directions  for  yarn,  loose  cotton,  machine-dyeing 
and  warp-dyeing,  as  well  as  for  piece-goods  are  the  same  as  stated 
for  Hydron  Blue.  A special  aftertreatment  is  not  applied  for 
Hvdron  Dark  Blue  G. 

The  dissolving  is  carried  out  in  the  same  way  as  indicated 
for  Hydron  Blue. 


PRODUCTION  OF  A BLACK  FAST  TO  CHLORINE  WITH  HYDRON  BLUE  OR 
HYDRON  DARK  BLUE  G. 

It  is  very  easy  to  produce  a Black  fast  to  chlorine  with  Hydron 
Blue  or  Hydron  Dark  Blue,  by  bottoming  with  the  Hydron  Colours 
mentioned  and  by  topping  hereafter  with  Aniline  Black  in  a fresh 
bath.  The  process  is  suited  in  the  first  place  for  yarn  or  loose  cotton. 

The  bottoming  is  done  with  15 — 20%  Hydron  Blue  G or  B 
Paste  20  % or  Hydron  Dark  Blue  G Paste  20  % according  to 
Method  (b)  on  page  XXII.  After  rinsing  thoroughly,  the  topping 
with  Aniline  Black  is  done  as  follows: 


VI 


XLII 


Charge  the  cold  bath  with 
7%  aniline  salt 

10%  hydrochloric  acid  32°  Tw.  and 
5%  sulphuric  acid  168°  Tw.;  then  add, 

12%  bichrome  and 

3%  copper  sulphate  previously  dissolved. 

Work  for  Yt  hour  in  a cold  hath  which  is  heated  gradually 
within  an  hour  to  50 — 60°  C.  (120 — 140°  F.),  rinse,  and  soap 
boiling  hot. 


HYDRON  YELLOW  G PASTE  20  o/0. 

Hydron  Yellow  is  best  dyed  with  hydrosulphite  and  caustic 
soda  lye,  according  to  the  following  directions: 

Dissolving : The  dyestuff  is  made  into  an  even  paste  with 

about  ten  times  its  weight  of  water,  either  cold  or  at  30 — 40°  C. 
(85 — 105°  F.)  at  the  most,  as  free  from  lime  as  possible,  then  the 
requisite  quantity  of  caustic  soda  is  added,  and  the  hydrosulphite 
strewn  in  gradually  whilst  agitating.  After  allowing  the  solution  to 
stand  for  about  ten  minutes,  the  dyestuff  is  reduced,  and  dissolved. 
The  solution  is  best  passed  through  a fine  sieve  into  the  bath 
charged  previously  with  a small  quantity  of  hydrosulphite  and 
caustic  soda  lye. 

Cotton  Yarn.  Dye  in  an  ordinary  wooden  vat  provided  with 
squeezing  rollers  in  a volume  of  water  20  to  25  times  the  weight  of 
the  goods  to  be  dyed,  to  best  advantage  on  bent  sticks.  Charge  the 
bath  according  to  the  depth  of  shade  required  as  follows: 


For  100  lbs  Cotton  Yarn. 

Hydron  Yellow  G Paste  20% 
Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 
Common  salt  or  desiccated 

Glauber’s  salt 


Starting  Bath: 


4 — 30  lbs 
4—10  „ 
4—24  „ 


Additions  for 
Subsequent  Lots: 


2 — 20  lbs 


2—  8 
2—10 


14—  3 


5? 


) per  10  gall.  ~ 
/ liquor. 


Dye  for  Vi  to  1 hour  in  a cold  to  lukewarm  bath,  then  squeeze 
off,  wring  off,  expose  to  the  air  for  1 to  2 hours,  and  rinse. 


Loose  Cotton.  The  quantities  for  the  starting  and  subsequent 
baths  are  the  same  as  indicated  for  cotton  yarn.  The  cotton  is  boiled 
or  wetted  in  boiling  hot  water,  then  dyed  for  Yi  to  1 hour  in  a 


XLIII 


lukewarm  bath,  thrown  into  baskets,  if  possible  whizzed,  and  hereafter 
left  lying  for  some  time  exposed  to  the  air  in  order  to  oxidise,  and 
rinsed. 

Piece-Goods.  The  dyeing  is  best  done  in  a jigger  provided 
with  squeezing  rollers  and  arrangements  for  oxidising.  Light  to 
medium  shades  are  to  advantage  padded  in  the  padding  machine. 


a)  Dyeing  in  the  Jigger.  The  dyebath  is  charged  with 
caustic  soda  lye  and  hydrosulphite  as  well  as  with  common  salt  or 
Glauber’s  salt  and  the  requisite  quantities  of  dyestuff,  according  to 
the  general  directions  given  for  cotton  yarn.  It  is  advisable  to  add 
to  this  bath  1% — 3 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  monosolvol  per  10  gallons 
liquor. 


Example  for  Dyeing  a Medium  Yellow  Shade  in  the  Jigger. 


100  lbs  of  goods 

60  gallons 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath: 

Subsequent  Lots 

Hvdron  Yellow  G Paste  20% 

20  lbs 

13  lbs 

Hydrosulphite  c-onc.  powder 

7 „ 

4 K „ 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 
Common  salt  or  desiccated 

15 

7 „ 

Glauber’s  salt 

12  „ 

3 „ 

Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 

IK  „ 

K lb 

The  goods,  after  being  prepared  for  the  dyeing  and  well  freed 
from  size,  are  given  6 to  8 passages  in  a cold  to  lukewarm  bath. 
One-half  of  the  ingredients  is  added  on  commencing  to  dye,  the 
other  half  after  the  first  passage.  The  dyebath  and  the  goods  should 
assume  an  entirely  brown  appearance  during  the  dyeing;  if  the 
selvedges  begin  to  get  yellow,  some  hydrosulphite  should  be  added. 
When  the  dyeing  is  completed,  the  goods  are  pressed  off  evenly,  and 
passed  over  guiding  rollers  in  order  to  oxidise,  then  rinsed  cold  to 
hot,  and  finally  soaped  hot,  if  necessary. 


b)  Padding  in  the  Padding  Machine.  The  goods,  after  being 
freed  well  from  size  and  dried,  are  passed  at  about  30°  C.  (85°  F.) 
through  the  customary  small  padding  trough,  which,  depending  on 
the  shade  desired,  is  charged  with 


1—4 
Vi — IK 
1—214 
Yi — 3 


1 Yi — 3 


lbs  Hvdron  Yellow  G Paste  20% 
„ hvdrosulphite  cone,  powder 
„ caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 

„ common  salt  or  desiccated 

Glauber’s  salt 

oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 


per  10  gallons  liquor. 


VI* 


XLIV 


The  dyeliquor  prepared  according  to  the  shade  desired  should  during 
the  dyeing  flow  continuously  into  the  padding  trough  from  a vessel 
placed  at  a higher  level.  The  subsequent  treatment  is  the  same  as 
given  for  dyeing  in  the  jigger. 


Machine-Dyeing. 


For  100  lbs  material  and  120 — 160  gallons  liquor,  the  baths 
are  charged  according  to  the  depth  of  shade  as  follows: 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath:  Subsequent  Lots: 


Hydron  Yellow  G Paste  20% 
Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw. 
Common  salt  or  desiccated 

Glauber’s  salt 


4—26 

lbs 

3—20 

lbs 

4—  9 

99 

3—  8 

99 

4—20 

99 

3—10 

99 

6—40 

99 

0—  5 

99 

After  wetting  out  the  material  well,  dye  for  14  to  % hour  in 
a cold  to  lukewarm  bath  with  the  above  ingredients.  When  the 
dyeing  is  complete,  draw  the  liquor  off  by  suction  or  press  it  off  as 
well  as  possible,  then  oxidise  for  a short  time,  and  rinse.  Goods  dyed 
by  the  packing  system  are  to  advantage  left  exposed  to  the  air  or 
given  a proper  airing  after  the  rinsing  and  whizzing  in  order  to 
oxidise.  The  like  effect  may  be  obtained  by  treating  in  a warm  bath 
with  14—1%  perborate. 


AFTERTREATMENT  OF  HYDRON  YELLOW. 

A redder  and  brighter  shade  may  be  obtained  by  aftertreating 
the  dyed  shades  with  a solution  of  hypochlorite  of  soda.  Treat  for 
about  half-an-hour  with  hypochlorite  of  soda  of  3A°  Tw.,  and  rinse 
thoroughly. 


COMBINATIONS  OF  HYDRON  YELLOW  AND  HYDRON  BLUE 
FOR  GREEN  SHADES. 

Hydron  Yellow  and  Hydron  Blue  may  be  dyed  together  in 
one  bath  for  the  production  of  green  shades.  Care  has  to  be  taken 
that  the  temperature  of  the  bath  does  not  exceed  40°  C.  (105°  F.), 
and  in  the  same  way  as  when  dyeing  yellow,  some  salt  should  be 
added  in  the  case  of  deep  shades  in  order  to  make  the  yellow  go 
better  on  to  the  fibre.  When  using  a fairly  large  proportion  of 
Hydron  Blue,  it  is  better  to  bottom  with  Hydron  Blue  in  the 
customary  manner  and  to  top  with  Hydron  Yellow  in  a second, 
cold  bath. 


XLV 


HYDRON  OLIVE  G AND  B PASTE  40  o/0. 
HYDRON  OLIVE  G AND  B POWDER. 


Hydron  Olive  G and  B are  dyed  best  with  hydrosulphite  and 
caustic  soda  lye. 

The  powder  product  is  dissolved  by  stirring  with  about  one- 
half  its  weight  of  cold  water,  as  free  from  lime  as  possible  which  is 
poured  over  the  powder  until  a uniform  paste  is  formed,  which 
results  in  the  course  of  a few  minutes,  this  result  being  accelerated 
with  the  help  of  a slight  addition  of  methylated  spirits.  The  paste 
is  then  diluted  with  about  ten  times  its  weight  of  warm  water  and 
reduced  by  adding  the  quantities  of  hydrosulphite  and  caustic  soda 
requisite  for  the  dyeing  whilst  heating  to  50 — 60°  C.  (120 — 140°  F.). 
The  reduction  takes  place  in  a few  minutes,  the  vat  obtained  having 
a bluish  green  colour. 

The  paste  product  is  stirred  up  with  water  and  reduced  in  the 
same  way. 


Cotton  Yarn.  Dye  in  about  20  to  25  times  the  weight  of  water, 
in  ordinary  wooden  vats  fitted  with  squeezing  rollers,  to  best  advan- 
tage on  bent  rods.  Depending  on  the  depth  of  the  shade  to  be  dyed,' 
charge  the  bath  as  follows: 

For  100  lbs  cotton  yarn:  Addition  for 

Starting  Bath:  Subsequent  Lots: 


Hydron  Olive  G or  B Powder  1 — 10  lbs  K — 6 lbs 

Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  5 — 20  „ 4 — 12  „ 

Caustic  soda  lye  ?7°  Tw.  10 — 40  „ 6 — 24  „ 

Add  the  dyestuff  solution  prepared  as  above  to  the  bath  at 
50 — 60°  C.  (120 — 140°  F.)  charged  with  a little  caustic  soda  lye  and 
hydrosulphite,  stir,  and  dye  for  14  to  1 hour  at  a temperature  of 
50 — 60°  C.  (120 — 140°  F.),  squeeze  off,  and  rinse.  If  the  bath 
turns  brownish,  some  hydrosulphite  and,  if  required,  some  caustic 
soda  lye  should  be  added. 

Loose  Cotton.  The  quantities  for  the  starting  bath  and 
additions  for  subsequent  lots  are  the  same  as  for  cotton  yarn.  The 
cotton  is  to  best  advantage  wetted  in  a boiling  hot  bath  previous  to 
the  dyeing,  then  dyed  at  50  —60°  C.  (120 — 140°  F.)  for  % to  1 hour, 
thrown  into  baskets,  whizzed  if  necessary,  and  finally  rinsed. 

Piece-Goods.  Cotton  piece-goods  are  dyed  to  best  advantage 
in  the  ordinary  jigger  provided  with  squeezing  rollers,  or  in  a padding 
machine  with  a large  trough;  light  to  medium  shades  may  also  be 
produced  by  padding. 


XLVI 


a)  Dyeing  in  the  Jigger.  The  dyebath  brought  to  a temper- 
ature of  about  50°  C.  (120°  F.)  is  charged  with  the  requisite  dyestuff 
made  to  an  even  paste  with  water  and  with  1% — 2 lbs  caustic  soda 
lye  77°  Tw.  per  10  gallons  liquor,  depending  on  the  depth  of  the 
shade  to  he  dyed,  as  well  as  with  hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  2 to 
2K>  times  the  weight  of  the  dyestuff  in  powder  form,  or,  in  the  case 
of  light  shades,  3 to  4 times  the  weight  of  the  dyestuff. 

For  the  dyeing  of  subsequent  lots  on  the  old  hath,  about  one- 
half  to  two-thirds  of  the  quantities  of  dyestuff  and  of  hydrosulphite 
required  for  the  starting  hath  are  necessary  for  deep  shades,  or 
about  two-thirds  to  three-quarters  of  those  quantities  for  medium 
shades;  for  light  shades  the  baths  are  exhausted,  so  if  a fresh  bath 
is  not  preferred,  the  same  quantities  of  dyestuff  and  of  hydro- 
sulphite as  for  the  starting  bath  are  added.  The  quantity  of  caustic 
soda  lye  on  the  old  baths  may  be  reduced  to  % — 1 lb  per  10  gallons 
liquor  according  to  the  depth  of  shade. 

For  goods  difficult  to  penetrate,  an  addition  per  10  gallons 
liquor  of  1 Yi — 3 oz  monosolvol  or  the  like  is  to  be  recommended. 
The  dyeing  is  done  by  giving  6 to  10  passages  at  about  50°  C. 
(120°  F.),  whereupon  the  goods  are  squeezed  off,  and  straightaway 
rinsed. 


Example  for  the  Dyeing  of  a Full  Olive  Shade  in  the  Jigger: 
100  lbs  of  goods  60  gallons  liquor 

Additions  for 

Starting  Bath:  Subsequent  Lots: 


Hvdron  Olive  G or  B Powder 
Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder 
Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tav. 
Turkev-red  oil  or  the  like 


5 lbs 

12  V*  „ 

1 1/5  gallons 
Vs  pint 


3 lbs 
7 Vs 

2 Vs  quarts 
Ve  pint. 


The  goods  prepared  for  dyeing  are  given  6 to  10  passages  at 
about  50°  C.  (120°  F.),  then  squeezed  off,  and  rinsed  in  an  adjacent 
jigger  from  cold  to  hot.  Care  should  be  taken  that  dyebath  as  well 
as  goods  have  a completely  greenish  appearance  during  the  dyeing; 
if  the  bath  and  the  goods,  or  the  selvedges,  commence  turning 
brownish,  some  hydrosulphite  as  well  as  some  caustic  soda  lye  should 
he  added. 


b)  Padding  in  the  Padding  Machine.  The  goods,  after  having 
previously  been  freed  from  size  and  dried,  are  passed  at  about  50°  C. 
(120°  F.)  through  the  customary  small  padding  trough  charged 
according  to  the  depth  of  shade  with 


XLVII 


3 oz  — 1/4  lbs  Hydron  Olive  G or  B Powder 
12  oz — 2 Yi  „ Hydrosulphite  eonc.  powder  per  10  gallons 

2 lbs — 2H  „ Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  liquor. 

1 y2  oz  — 3 oz  Turkey-red  oil  or  the  like 

The  dye-liquor,  prepared  according  to  the  shade  required,  flows 
continually  from  a vessel  placed  on  a higher  level  into  the  padding 
trough  during  the  dyeing.  After  the  dyeing,  rinse,  first  cold  and 
then  hot. 


Macliine-Dyeing.  For  100  lbs  goods  per  120  to  160  gallons 
liquor,  charge  the  baths,  according  to  the  required  depth  of  shade, 


as  follows: 

Starting  Bath: 

Hydron  Olive  G or  B Powder  1 — 10  lbs 
Hydrosulphite  cone,  powder  5 — 25  „ 

Caustic  soda  lye  77°  Tw.  10 — 40  ” 


Additions  for 
Subsequent  Lots: 

% — 6 lbs 


4—15 

6—24 


5? 


Before  the  dyeing,  the  material  is  wetted  boiling  hot  for  20  to 
30  minutes,  and  then  rinsed  cold.  The  bath  is  heated  to  50 — 60°  C. 
(120 — 140°  F.),  and  the  dyestuff  made  to  an  even  paste  and 
reduced  in  the  above  described  manner  is  added  to  the  dyebath 
charged  with  a little  hydrosulphite  and  caustic  soda  lye,  the  goods 
being  dyed  for  Yi  to  % hour  at  50 — 60°  C.  (120 — 140°  F.).  After 
the  dyeing,  the  liquor  is  drawn  off  as  thoroughly  as  possible  by 
suction,  whereupon  the  goods  are  rinsed. 


COMBINATION  OF  HYDRON  OLIVE  AND  HYDRON  YELLOW  etc. 

Hydron  Olive  may  be  dyed  together  with  other  Hydron 
Colours  and  Vat  Colours  in  one  bath,  the  dyestuffs  being  to  best 
advantage  reduced  and  dissolved  separately  with  the  quantities  of 
hydrosulphite  and  caustic  soda  lye  prescribed  for  each  case.  In  the 
case  of  combinations  with  Hydron  Yellow,  care  should  be  taken  that 
the  temperature  does  not  exceed  about  40°  C.  (105°  F.),  at  which 
temperature  Hydron  Olive  also  goes  well  on  to  the  fibre.  For  large 
quantities  of  Hydron  Yellow,  some  common  salt  or  desiccated 
Glaubers’s  salt  should  also  be  added  according  to  the  directions  on 
pages  XLII  to  XLIV.  Combinations  with  Hydron  Blue  are  dyed  at 
50—60°  C.  (120— 140°F.). 


XLVIII 


BLEACHING  OF  PIECE-GOODS  CONTAINING  EFFECT  THREADS 
DYED  WITH  HYDRON  COLOURS. 

For  some  kinds  of  goods,  especially  shirtings,  the  undyed  yarn 
is  woven  up  with  coloured  yarn,  the  ready  fabric  being  then  bleached. 
It  is  a well-known  fact  that  only  very  few  dyestuffs  withstand  this 
operation,  and  even  with  these  few,  special  care  has  to  be  taken  in 
the  bleaching  process.  Pieces  containing  yarn  dyed  with  Hydron 
Colours  are  treated  as  follows: 


Boil  the  pieces  for  about  one  hour  in  the  jigger  with  4 — 8 oz 
Turkey-red  oil  or  monosol vol  per  10  gallons  liquor,  rinse,  then 
bleach  for  a few  hours  with  sodium  hypochlorite  of  3A — 1°  Tw., 
rinse,  acidify,  and  rinse  once  more  thoroughly. 


Hereafter  prepare  a fresh  bath  containing  — \Yt  oz  sodium 

bisulphite  per  10  gallons  liquor,  allowing  the  same  to  act  for  15  to 
20  minutes  on  the  goods,  then  rinse  again  very  thoroughly,  and 
finally  soap  lukewarm. 


The  following  Hydron  Colours  are  adapted  for  a treatment 
of  this  kind: 


Hydron  Blue 
Hydron  Violet 
Hydron  Dark  Blue 
Hydron  Yellow 


all  brands. 


Sodium  hypochlorite  is  prepared  as  follows: 

100  lbs  of  chloride  of  lime  33%  are  mixed  to  a paste  with 
40  gallons  of  cold  water,  and  60  lbs  of  soda  ash  are  dissolved  in 
20  gallons  of  boiling  water  and  diluted  with  10  gallons  of  cold  water. 
The  soda  solution  is  added  to  the  paste  of  chloride  of  lime,  and  the 
mixture  stirred  for  Vi  hour,  and  allowed  to  settle  overnight.  The  clear 
solution  is  drawn  off  and  the  precipitate  washed  4 or  5 times  with  cold 
water,  the  wash  water  being  used  to  dilute  the  solution  to  about 
150  gallons  of  6 — 7°  Tw.  It  may  be  freed  entirely  from  lime  by  the 
addition  of  1 — 2 lbs  soda  ash,  which  precipitates  the  remainder  of  the 
lime  as  carbonate  of  lime.  The  solution  reacts  slightly  alkaline. 


IL 


DETERMINATION  OF  THE  FASTNESS. 

The  determination  of  the  relative  fastness  of  the  shades  pro- 
duced with  the  various  dyestuffs  has  been  carried  out  with  every  care 
on  the  basis  of  comparative  tests,  hut  in  view  of  the  diversity  of  the 
requirements,  it  is  advisable  in  special  cases  to  resort  to  controlling 
tests. 

The  degrees  of  fastness  have  been  classified  by  figures  as  far 
as  this  i^  possible.  In  the  same  way  as  in  our  earlier  publications, 
the  fastness  to  light  of  Indigo  has  been  taken  as  a basis,  which  is 
designated  as  "IV”,  so  that  fastness  to  light  superior  to  that  of 
Indigo  is  designated  as  “V"  and  a still  higher  degree  of  fastness 
to  light  as  “VI”.  The  figure  “I”  is  equivalent  to  the  fastness  to 
light  of  Congo  Eed. 

The  figure  “V”  is  fixed  to  represent  a degree  of  fastness  to  hot 
pressing  of  shades  resisting  a prolonged  hot  pressing  with  a very 
hot  iron;  a shade  which  on  the  other  hand  is  altered  very  much 
during  this  test  and  returns  very  slowly  or  not  at  all  is  designated 


as 


THE  COTTON  COLOURS  WITH  ACCOMPANYING 
DYEINGS  AND  INFORMATION 
REGARDING  THEIR  PROPERTIES. 


A.  Diamine  Colours. 

I.  Diamine  Colours  Dyed  Direct. 

II.  Diamine  Colours  Aftertreated  with  Metallic  Salts. 

III.  Diamine  Colours  Aftertreated  with  Formaldehyde. 

IV.  Diamine  Colours  Diazotised  and  Developed. 

V.  Diamine  Colours  Coupled. 

B.  Basic  Colours. 

C.  Paranitraniline  Red,  Isamine  Blue  and  Acid  Colours. 

D.  Immedial  Colours. 

E.  Hydron  Colours. 


I. 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  DYED  DIRECT. 


DIAMINE  COLOUR 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastrn 
to  Aci 
Cross-Dj 


Thioflavine  S 

%%  2% 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light 
shades,  and 
somewhat  by 
deep  shades. 


The  shade 
is  but  slightly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Oxy  Diamine  Yellow  GG 

y2%  2% 


Behaves 
similarly  to 
Thioflavine  S. 


Same  as 
Thioflavine  S. 


Oxy  Diamine  Yellow  TZ 

%%  2% 


Behaves 
similarly  to 
Thioflavine  S. 


Same  as 
Thioflavine  S. 


Oxy  Diamine  Yellow  CR 

y2%  2% 


Behaves 
similarly  to 
Thioflavine  S. 


n. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50°/o,  and 
hardly  by 
diluted 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  3G 

y2%  2% 


Behaves 
similarly  to 
Thioflavine  S. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  perceptibly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Diamine  Yellow  N Powder 

y2%  2% 


Behaves 
similarly  to 
Thioflavine  S. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  3G. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


3 


'astness 
) Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness' 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 


iving  alters 
■ shade  but 
-y  slightly, 
e original 
ie  returning 
er  washing. 


Remarks 


IV. 


Does  not 
change  in  a 
solution  of 
chloride  of 
lime  within 
5 to  6 hours. 


Not 

dischargeable. 
May  serve  as 
an  addition  to 
Yellow 
Discharges. 


Is  used  as  a bright  Lemon  Yellow  for  the 
production  of  pure  yellow  and  light  green 
shades,  also  for  shading  in  general. 
Thioflavine  S resists  discharging  agents 
very  well,  and  therefore  finds  a special 
application  for  the  production  of  coloured 
discharges. 


Resists 
stoving 
ery  well. 


Ill— IV 


Same  as 
Thioflavine  S. 


Serves  the  same  purposes  as  Thioflavine  S 
in  dyeing,  but  its  shade  is  not  quite  so 
bright  a greenish  yellow;  the  dyeings  work 
out  cheaper  when  produced  with  Oxy 
Diamine  Yellow  GG. 


>ame  as 
y Diamine 
?liow  GG. 


; same  as 
if  Diamine 
pilow  GG. 


Good, 
he  shade 
> *r  washing 
I ars  hardly 
faltered. 


in— IV. 


IV— V. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Thioflavine  S. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


Behaves  exactly  like  Oxy  Diamine  Yellow 
GG,  only  yielding  somewhat  brighter,  more 
greenish  shades. 


Possesses  a strong  yellow  tint,  and  comes 
into  consideration  specially  for  yellow 
mode  and  bronze  shades  in  dyeing  hanks 
and  hosiery  goods.  Also  for  shading  dis- 
chargeable dyeings  Oxy  Diamine  Yellow  CR 
is  very  well  suited. 


Comes  into  consideration  for  bright  yellow 
shades  and  combinations  in  cases  where 
good  fastness  to  light  is  demanded.  Also 
well  suited  for  the  discharge  style. 


Resists 
Hoving 
i ery  well. 


Ill— IV. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


Is  chiefly  used  for  light  cream  shades,  but 
stands  back  against  the  more  readily 
soluble  Diamine  Fast  Yellows  A,  B and  FF. 
Diamine  Yellow  N is  used  particularly  for 
the  discharge  style,  as  it  is  very  easily 
dischargeable  both  with  Hyraldite  and  tin 
crystals. 


1 


4 


DIAMINE  COLOUF 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastm 
to  Ac 
Cross-Dj  i 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B 

y2%  2% 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  FF  pat. 

%%  2% 


Both  brands 
as  well  as  the 
subsequently 
mentioned 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  brands 
range  amongst 
the  direct 
dyestuffs  of 
best  fastness 
to  washing. 
White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light 
shades  and 
but  slightly 
by  medium 
and  deep 
shades. 


IV— V. 


The  shade 
is  not  altered 
either  by 
strong  acetic 
acid,  or  by 
diluted 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


IV— V. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  M 

%%  2% 


Somewhat 
inferior  to 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 


IV— V. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A 

y2%  2% 


Still  better 
than  Diamine 
Fast  Yellow  B. 
Deep  shades 
even  hardly 
stain  white 
cotton. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade 
is  not 
perceptibly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
500/o. 


11 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  AGG 

%%  2% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  A. 


in— IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 


12 


Diamine  Gold 

y2%  2% 


The  shades 
rather  lose  in 
depth;  white 
cotton  is 
stained  also 
by  lighter 
shades. 


IV— V. 


The  shade 
is  not 
perceptibly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


tel 


DYED  DIRECT. 


5 


Fastness 

Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness  Discharges 

to  Chloring  with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Good, 
he  shade, 
er  washing. 
>ears  hardly 
altered. 

V. 

The  shade  is 
not  changed 
when  treated 
for  some  length 
of  time  in  a 2®/o 
chloride  of 
lime  solution. 
White  cotton 
is  stained 
somewhat. 

Not 

dischargeable. 
May  serve  as 
an  addition 
to  Yellow 
Discharges. 

Dissolves  readily  with  a clear  solution, 
possesses  good  fastness  to  washing  and 
excellent  fastness  to  light  and  also  otherwise 
very  excellent  properties  of  fastness.  As 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B moreover  levels  very 
v>ell,  it  is  of  excellent  service  for  self  shades 
and  particularly  as  a yellow  element  for 
compound  shades. 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B may  serve  for 
the  shading  of  dyeings  to  he  diazotised. 
aftertreated  or  coupled,  as  it  is  not  altered 
by  any  of  these  processes. 

Same  as 

imine  Fast 
eilow  B. 

IV— V. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast  1 
Yellow  B. 

Is  of  a purer  and  brighter  shade  than 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B,  but  otherwise 
possesses  the  same  properties. 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  FR  is  another 
brand,  equalling  this  product  in  its 
properties,  but  being  cheaper. 

ame  as 
mine  Fast 
eilow  B. 

IV— V. 

— 

The  principal  value  of  Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  M consists  in  the  brightness  and 
full  yellow  tint  of  its  shade. 

ame  as 
>nine  Fast 
Ullow  B. 

IV. 

Behaves  like 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 
White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained. 

In  fastness  to  light,  Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A 
does  not  quite  come  up  to  the  chief  brand 
“ B ”,  but  on  the  other  hand  it  rather  sur- 
passes same  in  fastness  to  washing. 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  AR  is 
another  brand,  possessing  the  same  pro- 
perties, but  being  somewhat  redder. 

nilar  to 
>!iine  Fast 
'•  )w  B,  not 
u so  good. 

IV— V. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  B. 

— 

In  its  properties  similar  to  Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  A.  Comes  into  consideration  chiefly 
for  lemon  yellow  shades. 

01 

me  as 
tine  Fast 
How  B. 

IV— V. 

Diamine  Gold  is  to  be  recommended  only 
for  pale  and  bright  shades,  whilst  the 
various  Diamine  Fast  Yellow  brands  are 
to  be  given  the  preference  as  yellow 
elements  for  compound  shades. 

6 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Yellow  CP 


5% 


2% 


The  shade 
loses  in  depth 
on  washing. 
jWhite  cotton  is 
! stained  even 
| by  light 
shades. 


IV— V. 


The  shade 
is  rendered 
brown 

when  spotted 
with  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


Diamine  Orange  G 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  A 
(page  4). 
Light  shades 
do  not  stain 
white  cotton 
and  deep  shades 
scarcely. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 

III— IV. 

50°/o.  Dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
it  somewhat 
duller. 

Diamine  Orange  D 


1 % 


Approaching 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  A 
and  Diamine 
Orange  G 
very  closely. 


III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Diamine  Orange  B 

1%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained  by 
light  shades, 
and  somewhat 
more  so  by 
deep  shades. 


I— II. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by  acetic 
acid  50%  or  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


Oxy  Diamine  Orange  G 

1 % 3% 


White  cotton 
is  not 
stained  by 
light  shades, 
and  somewhat 
by 

deep  shades. 


i— it. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


18 


Oxy  Diamine  Orange  R 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  G. 


The  shade 
is  rendered 
brown 

by  acetic  acid 
50%. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


7 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Resists  stoving 
very  well. 
The  shade  after 
rinsing  appears 
scarcely 
altered. 

IV. 

In  ligth 
shades  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Yellow  CP  serves  principally  for 
the  production  of  golden  yellow  shades,  and 
is  distinguished  by  its  very  good  fastness 
to  light.  On  account  of  its  particularly 
bright  shade  it  is  also  frequently  used  for 
the  production  of  olive  and  bronze  shades, 
for  which  a strong  yellow  cast  is  desired. 

Further  brands  possessing  the  same 
properties: 

Diamine  Yellow  CPO,  CPI  and  CPII. 

The  shade 
resists  stoving 
very  well. 

IV. 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 
Light  shades 
may  also  be 
discharged 
white. 

A yellowish  Orange,  particularly  well 
suited  for  shading  as  well  as  for  padding 
light  cream  shades,  as  it  yields  clear 
solutions,  is  not  sensitive  to  copper,  and 
possesses  good  fastness  to  washing 
and  light. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  G. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  G. 

Behaves  like  Diamine  Orange  G,  but  dyes 
a more  reddish  shade,  and  is  frequently 
used  for  dyeing  orange  self  shades,  as 
well  as  for  shading  purposes. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  G. 

V. 

— 

— 

Diamine  Orange  B is  not  so  much  used 
for  direct  shades;  more  important  is  its 
application  for  the  production  of  yellowish 
browns  fast  to  washing  and  light,  by 
aftertreating  the  dyeings  with  copper 
sulphate  and  bichrome. 

Good. 

The  shade  after 
washing 
appears  hardly 
altered. 

V. 

— 

— 

Oxydiamine  Orange  G dyed  direct  yields 
very  bright  Oranges,  and  is  used  particu- 
larly in  yarn  and  hosiery  dyeing  for  the 
production  of  the  so-called  leather  shades. 
The  product  is  also  well  suited  for  coupling, 
and  yields  with  Nitrazol  C reddish  browns 
of  good  fastness  to  washing  and  milling. 

Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  G. 

V. 

— 

— 

Behaves  like  Oxy  Diamine  Orange  G,  dyeing 
however  a more  reddish  shade;  the  coupled 
dyeings  are  brighter  and  faster  to  milling 
than  those  of  Oxy  Diamine  Orange  G. 

8 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


19 


Diamine  Orange  F 


In  light  shades 
good,  bleeding 
but  slightly; 
deep  shades 
stain  white 
cotton. 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


II. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  %. 


20 


Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG  pat. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 


IV— V. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


21 


Diamine  Fast  Orange  ER  pat. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Orange  EG. 


Diamine  Fast  Brown  G pat. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Orange  EG. 


23 


Diamine  Fast  Brown  R pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 


in— IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Orange  EG. 


Diamine  Fast  Brown  GB  pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 


in. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50°/o,  and 
hardly  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
resists  normal 
stoving  very 
well. 

IV. 

— 

1 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light  shades, 
more  difficultly 
in  deep  shades. 

Diamine  Orange  F is  employed  for  similar 
purposes  as  Diamine  Orange  G and  D,  but 
dyes  a redder  shade  than  same. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 

111. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light  shades; 
medium  and 
deep  shades 
are  better 
suited  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

The  two  Diamine  Fast  Orange  brands 
offer  the  advantage  of  yielding  colours  of 
very  good  fastness  to  light,  and  both  are 
extensively  used  for  the  production  of 
orange  and  yelloivish  brown  shades,  as 
also  for  shading. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 

II— III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Orange  EG. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 

II. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Orange  EG. 

The  Diamine  Fast  Brown  brands  possess 
the  same  properties  as  the  Diamine  Fast 
Orange  brands,  and  like  the  latter  serve 
for  the  production  of  Browns  fast  to  light 
and  for  shading  bronze  and  mode  shades. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 

II. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Orange  EG. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  F. 

II— III. 

— 

— 

10 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Brown  2G 


In  light 
shades  of 
good  fastness 
to  washing, 
bleeding 
slightly;  deep 
shades  stain 
white  cotton. 


I— II. 


The  shade 
is  not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  %. 


26 


Diamine  Brown  3G 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  2G. 


n. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by 
acetic  acid 
or  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Brown  5G 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  2G. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
but  very 
slightly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  <J/o. 


Diamine  Brown  ATC 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  2G. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
very  much 
altered  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


Diamine  Bronze  G 

1%  2%% 


Of  rather  good 
fastness  to 
washing  in 
light  and  deep 
shades;  white 
cotton  is 
hardly  stained 
by  light  shades, 
and  but  little 
by  deep  shades. 


III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%,  and  but 
slightly  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


Diamine  Bronze  Brown  PE 


Approximately 
as  good  as 
Diamine  Bronze 
G. 


i— ii. 


The  shade 
is  not  altered 
by  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


11 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

J 

Remarks 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

IV— V. 

— 

Diamine  Brown  2 G,  3G  and  5 G are  used 
in  hank - and  piece-dyeing  as  well  as  in 
the  dyeing  of  hosiery  and  stockings,  and 
are  particularly  appreciated  on  account 
of  their  good  fastness  to  hot  pressing. 
Similar  brands  are  Diamine  Brown  K4G, 
which  approaches  Diamine  Brown  5G, 
Diamine  Brown  G IV A,  which  is  somewhat 
more  reddish  than  SG,  and 
Diamine  Brown  BIVA,  a deep  Red  Brown. 

The  shade  is 
altered  by 
storing;  it 
appears 

hardly  changed 
after  washing. 

IV. 

— 

— 

Withstands 
normal 
stoving  well. 

Ill— IV. 

- 

Similar  to 
Diamine 
Brown  5G. 

I. 

— 

Yields  fine  orange-brown  shades  of  great 
brightness,  and  is  used  chiefly  for  cheap 
direct  dyeings.  By  an  aftertreatment  with 
formaldehyde,  the  shades  are  rendered 
faster  to  washing. 

The  shade  is 
very  slightly 
altered  by 
stoving;  after 
washing  the 
shade  returns 
approximately. 

III. 

- 

The  dyestuff  is  extensively  used  for  hanks 
and  loose  cotton  and  yields  a shade  specially 
in  favour  for  mode  articles  which  renders 
the  product  particularly  valuable. 

The  shade  may  be  fixed  fast  to  milling  by 
chromium  fluoride  or  by  the  coupling 
process. 

Diamine  Bronze  ST 

is  a further  product. 

Good. 

I. 

- 

_ 

Frequently  used  for  the  production  of  mode 
and  bronze  brown  shades. 

2* 


12 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Cotton  Brown  N 

1%  3% 


32 


Cotton  Brown  A 

1%  3% 


Possess  but 
moderate 
fastness  to 
washing. 


i— ii. 


i— n. 


The  shades 
are  not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


33 


Diamine  Brown  R 


Considerably 
better  than 
Cotton  Brown. 
White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained  by 
light  shades, 
and  more  so 
by  deep  shades. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
darkened 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Diamine  Brown  M 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  R. 


II— III. 


Acetic  acid 
50% 

hardly  alters 
the  shade. 


35 


Diamine  Brown  B 

1%  3% 


Diamine  Brown  S 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  R. 


The  shades 
are  not  altered 
by 

organic  acids. 


' I 


DYED  DIRECT. 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

V. 

— 

Light  shades 
are  easily 
dischargeable. 

The  extensive  application  which  these 
two  brands  enjoy  in  piece-dyeing,  is  due 
to  their  bright  shades  and  their  excellent 
fastness  to  hot  pressing. 

Same  as  Cotton 
Brown  N. 

V. 

— 

Same  as  Cotton 
Brown  N. 

I — 11. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Possesses  the  same  brightness  as  the 
above  Cotton  Browns,  but  is  superior  to 
these  in  fastness  to  washing  and  liglit.  It 
comes  into  consideration  chiefly  for  cheap 
Cutch  shades  on  loose  cotton,  hanks  and 
hosiery  goods. 

Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 

T 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Brown  M ranges  amongst  the 
direct-dyeing  Browns  most  extensively  used 
and  is  at  the  same  time  particularly  well 
suited  for  aftertreatment  with  copper 
sulphate  or  copper  sulphate  and  bichrome. 
The  last-named  treatment  yields  shades  of 
good  fastness  to  washing. 
Diamine  Brown  MR  is  a better • covering 
and  more  reddish  brand  and  Diamine  Brown 
MRD,  a product  very  similar  to  the  latter, 
is  particularly  well  suited  for  the 
discharge  style. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  M. 

I. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

In  shade  more  covering,  it  behaves  simi- 
larly to  Diamine  Brown  M. 

Similar  to 
Diamine  Brown 
M. 

— 

I. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Comes  chiefly  into  consideration  for  deep 
shades,  and  is  particularly  distinguished 
by  very  good  covering  properties.  It  is 
used  not  only  for  direct  dyeing,  but  also 
for  the  production  of  dark-brown  developed 
and  coupled  shades. 

Diamine  Brown  Vis  similar  to  the  above, 
but  deeper  and  better  covering,  although 
somewhat  inferior  in  fastness  to  acids. 

A further  brand  — Diamine  Brown  SD  is 
particularly  well  suited  for  discharge  styles. 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Diamine  Catechine  3G 


o% 


White  cotton 
is  stained 
slightly  by  light 
shades,  and 
more  so  by 
deep  shades. 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


II— III. 


The  shade 
becomes  more 
greenish  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o, 


Diamine  Catechine  G 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 


II. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  leaves  the 
shade 

unchanged. 


39 


Diamine  Catechine  B 


i% 


Good. 
Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 


n— hi. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  G. 


Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G 


i% 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 


i— n. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 


Oxy  Diamine  Brown  3GN 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 


•II. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by 

acetic  acid  50°/o 


Oxy  Diamine  Brown  RN 

1%  3% 


Approximately 
as  good  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  B. 


I— II. 


The  shade  is 
altered  very 
slightly  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


15 


* 

Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade  is 
altered  by 
stoving,  the 
original  shade 
returning 
however  on 
rinsing. 

IV. 

- 

Easily 

: dischargeable. 

Diamine  Catechine  3G,  owing  to  its  good 
levelling  properties  is  of  particular  im- 
portance as  a shading  dyestuff  for  mode 
and  leather-brown  shades. 

An  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphate 
and  bichrome  improves  the  fastness  to 
washing  and  light. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 

IV— V. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

i Diamine  Catechine  G is  used  particularly 
for  yellow-brown  Cutch  shades. 

By  an  aftertreatment  with  metallic  salts 
the  shades  are  fixed  fast  to  washing 
and  light. 

Good  fastness 
to  stoving. 

V. 



Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Catechine  B is  one  of  the  dyestuffs 
used  most  extensively  in  hank-  and  piece- 
dyeing as  well  as  in  the  dyeing  of  loose 
cotton,  being  distinguished  in  particular 
by  its  excellent  levelling  properties. 
With  combinations  of  Diamine  Catechine  B, 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  B and  Diamine  Dark 
Blue  B almost  any  mode  shade  may  be 
produced  in  perfect  levclness.  A similar 
brand,  Diamine  Catecnme  BZ,  is  used 
particularly  for  the  discharge  style. 

; Same  as 
Diamine 
! Catechine  3G. 

IV. 

— 

Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G possesses  the  same 
fulness  of  shade  as  Diamine  Brown  SG,  but 
is  more  advantageous  as  to  price  and  of  a 
better  tinctorial  power.  The  product  is  largely 
used  for  yelloivish  brown  shades  in  hank- 
and  piece-dyeing.  By  coupling  with  Nitrazol 
C,  deep,  reddish  brown  shades  are  obtained, 
which  are  distinguished  by  very  good 
fastness  to  washing,  and  by  their  low  cost. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
i Catechine  B. 

— 

Ill — IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Oxy  Diamine  Brown  3GN  serves  both  as  a self 
colour  for  bright  yellowish  browns  and  as 
a shading  product  for  browns,  for  which 
purpose  it  is  particularly  well  suited  owing 
to  its  very  good  levelling  properties.  By  an 
aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper 
sulphate,  bright,  cheap  browns  of  good 
fastness  to  washing  are  obtained. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Catechine  3G. 

IV. 



Easily 

dischargeable. 

Brighter  in  shade  than  Diamine  Brown  R 
and  superior  in  fastness  to  washing;  on 
account  of  its  good  fastness  to  hot  pressing 
it  is  of  great  importance  for  piece-dyeing. 

By  an  aftertreatment  with  chrome  and 
copper  its  fastness  to  light  and  washing 
is  considerably  increased;  by  coupling 
with  Nitrazol  C,  Cutch  shades  of  very  good 
fastness  to  washing  are  obtained. 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamineral  Brown  G 

1 % 3% 


Light  shades 
are  of 

good  fastness 
to  washing, 
bleeding  but 
slightly;  deep 
shades  stain 
white  cotton. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
flattened  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/a. 


Cotton  Dark  Brown  BM 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamineral 
Brown  G. 


ii. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  alters 
the  shade  but 
very  slightly. 


Cotton  Dark  Brown  BB 


Possesses  but 
moderate 
j fastness  to 
washing. 


i—u. 


Same  as 
Cotton  Dark 
Brown  BM. 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  RD 


Same  as 
Cotton  Dark 
Brown  BB. 


I— II. 


The  shade  is 
flattened  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  BD 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Cotton  Dark 
Brown  BB. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Brown 
RD. 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  T 

1 % 3% 


Same  as 
Cotton  Dark 
Brown  BB. 


i— ii. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  does  not 
alter  the 
shade. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


17 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Withstands 
normal 
stoving  well. 

II. 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

This  product  is  equal  in  tinctorial  power 
to  Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G,  but  does  not 
possess  quite  the  same  fulness  of  shade. 
On  the  other  hand  it  is  superior  in  regard 
to  fastness  to  light,  and  may  on  the  whole 
be  counted  among  the  brown  dyestuffs 
fastest  to  light.  Diamineral  Brown  G is 
used  for  aftertreated  as  well  as  for  direct 
shades. 

Same  as 
Diamineral 
Brown  G. 

II. 

— 

— 

■ Used  particularly  for  covered  browns. 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

Ill— IV. 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

II— III. 

— 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

These  three  colouring  matters  are  very 
well  suited  for  coupling  as  well  as  for 
direct  dyeing.  They  are  used  chiefly  in 
hank  and  hosiery  dyeing  on  account  of 
their  property  to  dye  cotton  well  with  the 
addition  of  soda  and  soap  only. 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

II— III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light  shades; 
in  medium  and 
dark  shades 
applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 

Of  very  good 
fastness 
to  stoving. 

II— III. 

— 

— 

3 


18 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Brown  No.  30a 


White  cotton 
is  stained 
slightly  by  light 
shades,  and 
more  by 
deep  shades. 


in. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
500/o. 


50 


Diamine  Brown  No.  33 

1% 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


II. 


The  shade 
is  hardly 
altered  either 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


Diamine  Brown  No.  34 

3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


Diamine  Brown  No.  35 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


II. 


The  shade 
is  not 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%. 


53 


Diamine  Brown  No.  39 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


ii. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


Diamine  Brown  No.  41 

1% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a 


DYED  DIRECT 


19 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


The  shade 
is  of  pood 
fastness  to 
stoving. 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness  Discharges 
to  Chloring  with  Hyraldite 


I. 


Diamine  Brown 
No  30  a is  not 
dischargeable. 
Diamine  Brown 
No  30,  which 
otherwise  is 
very  similar  to 
30  a, 

is  easily 
dischargeable 
in  light  shades. 


R 


Same  as 

Diamine  Brown  V. 


ercarks 


No  30  a. 


The  shade 
resists  only 
light  stoving. 

11. 

— 

In  light  shades 
easily 

dischargeable, 
in  medium  and 
deep  shades 
suited  for 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 

The  shade  is 
altered 

on  stoving,  the 
original  shade 
returning 
however  after 
the  washing. 

11— in. 

— 

— 

The  various  Browns  with  a Number”,  on 
account  of  their  low  prices,  are  exten- 
sively used  for  the  production  of  broion. 

puce  and  mode  shades. 

Further  products  ranging  amongst  this 
series  are  the  following: 

Diamine  Brown  No  ji 
Diamine  Brown  No  32 
Diamine  Brown  No  34  N 
Diamine  Brown  No  36 
Diamine  Brozvn  No  37 
Diamine  Brown  No  38 
Diamine  Brown  No  40 
Diamine  Brown  No  42 
Diamine  Brown  No  43 
Diamine  Brown  No  44 
Diamine  Brown  No  43 
Of  these , Diamine  Brown  No  82,  31/N , 38 
and  1/3  behave  as  regards  dischargeability 
like  Diaynine  Brown  No  31/;  Nos  31,  36, 
37,  1/0,  1/1/  and  1/5  behave  like  Diamine  Brown 
No  39;  No  1/2  does  not  come  into  con- 
sideration for  discharge  printing. 


Same  as 

Diamine  Brown  V. 

No  30  a. 


Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 


Same  as 

Diamine  Brown  II — III. 

No  30  a. 


Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 


20 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing, 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Rose  B extra 

0.1%  0.25% 


■ 

1 

WMtMk 

Very  good 
in  light  shades; 
white  cotton  is 
hardly  stained. 


II. 

In  light 
shades 

III. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Diamine  Rose  BD 

0.1%  0.25% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


ii. 

In  light 
shades 

III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


57 


Diamine  Rose  BG 

0.1%  0.25% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


ii. 

In  light 
shades 

III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


58 


Diamine  Rose  FFB 

0.1%  0.25% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


ii. 

In  light 
shades 

hi. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


59 


Diamine  Rose  GD 

0.1%  0.25% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


ii. 

In  light 
shades 

hi. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


Direct  Rose  T 


0.1% 


0.25% 


In  light  and  j 
medium  shades! 
superior  to 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 


M 


DYED  DIRECT. 


21 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Withstands 
normal  stoving 
well. 

IV. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

The  Diamine  Rose  brands  are  used  largely 
for  the  dyeing  of  loose  material,  yarn  and 
piece-goods,  particularly  for  padding  piece- 
goods. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 
Diamine  Rose  GGN, 
which  in  shade  stands  between 
Diamine  Rose  BG  and  GD,  and 
Diamine  Rose  FFB  extra, 
a concentrated  brand  of  FFB. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 

IV. 

Very  easilj’ 
dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 

JV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Rose  B extra. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Of  better 
'astness  still 
stoving  than 
Diamine 
lose  B extra. 

IV. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Similar  in  its  behaviour  to  the  Diamine 
Rose  brands,  but  inferior  to  the  same  in 
fastness  to  light;  on  the  other  hand  it  is 
considerably  better  in  fastness  to  washing. 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Cotton  Red  A 

1%  3% 


In  light  shades 
good,  bleeding 
but  slightly; 
deep  shades 
stain  white 
cotton  more. 


Diamine  Red  4B 

1%  3% 


Somewhat 
I better  than 
Cotton  Red  A. 


The  shade  Is 
very  sensitive 
to  acids;  it  is 
advisable  to 
pass  the  dyed 
cotton 
ultimately 
through  an 
alkaline  bath 
(soda  etc.). 


Not  quite  so 
sensitive  to 
acids  as  Cotton 
Red  A,  but  the 
same  alkaline 
treatment 
is  also 

recommended 
in  this  case. 


63 


Diamine  Red  5B 

1%  3 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 


Diamine  Red  BB 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
5B. 


65 


Diamine  Red  10B 


i% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
5B. 


66 


Diamine  Violet  Red 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
5B. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


23 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

! 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

— 

II— III. 

In  light 
shades  easily 
dischargeable, 
in  medium  and 
dark  shades 
applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging 

Used  for  cheap  and  bright  Reds. 

The  shade  is 
slightly 
altered  by 
stoving,  but 
returns  after 
washing. 

III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Somewhat  faster  to  acids  than  Cotton 
Red  A,  and  used  largely  for  the  production 
of  bright  and  cheap  Reds  on  loose  cotton, 
hanks  and  piece-goods. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

These  are  more  bluish  products  supple- 
menting Diamine  Red  t/B,  and  somewhat 
superior  to  the  latter  in  fastness  to  acids. 

' Same  as 
Mamine  Red 
4B. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

ot  quite  so 
st  to  stoving 
as 

iamine  Red 
4B. 

Ill— [V. 

— 

Same  as 
Cotton  Red  A. 

Diamine  Red  JOB  possesses  a bright,  bluish 
red  shade,  and  is  used  both  for  shading 
and  for  dyeing  of  bright  claret  shades. 
Further  brands  belonging  to  this  series: 

Diamine  Red  D 

„ „ dn 

„ IOlJ. 

Same  as 
amine  Red 
; 10B. 

Ill— IV. 

Same  as 
Cotton  Red  A. 

Dyes  very  bright  shades,  and  is  used  for 
cheap  claret , puce  and  ruby  shades. 

' 


24 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 

Fastness 

to  Washing 

to  Light 

Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


67 


Diamine  Brilliant  Scarlet  S 

1%  3% 


The  shade 
possesses  but 
moderate 
fastness  to 
washing. 


i— ii. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
500/o. 


Diamine  Scarlet  B 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brilliant 
Scarlet  S. 


Not  quite  so 
fast  to  acids 
as  Diamine 
Brilliant 
Scarlet  S,  but 
considerably 
better  than 
Diamine 
Red  4B. 


69 


Diamine  Scarlet  BB 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brilliant 
Scarlet  S. 


I— II. 


Slightly  better 
than  Diamine 
Scarlet  B. 


Diamine  Purpurine  V 

1%  3% 


Of  somewhat 
better  fastness 
than  Diamine 
Brilliant 
Scarlet  S. 


The  shade  is 
only  very 
slightly 
changed  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/0. 


Diamine  Fast  Red  F 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Purpurine  V. 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Purpurine  V. 


72 


Diamine  Fast  Red  8BL 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Purpurine  V. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


25 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
stoving  well. 

IV. 

Light  shades 
are  easily 
dischargeable ; 
medium  and 
deep  shades 
may  serve  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

Diamine  Brilliant  Scarlet  S yields  very 
bright  shades  of  Scarlet,  ivhich  are  not 
affected  by  organic  acids. 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

IV. 

— 

— 

Diamine  Scarlet  B does  not  come  so  much 
into  consideration  for  plain  reds  on  cotton, 
and  on  account  of  its  good  levelling  pro- 
perties is  only  used  as  a shading  colour. 

Diamine  Scarlet  HS 
is  a more  yellowish  brand  of  similar 
properties. 

Not  fast  to 
stoving. 

n. 

- 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Brilliant 
Scarlet  S. 

Diamine  Scarlet  SB  may  be  used  for  plain 
reds  as  well  as  for  compound  shades.  It 
is  especially  serviceable  for  dyeing  bluish 
scarlets. 

The  shade  is 
altered  by 
stoving,  the 
original  shade 
however 
returning 
after  washing. 

hi. 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

Behaves  similarly  to  the  various  Diamine 
Scarlets  and  is  rather  faster  to  washing 

than  these. 

Further  brands  are  the  following : 

Diamine  Burpurine  it 

„ „ JB 

„ „ OB. 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  product  is  used  extensively  for  deep 
Reds  both  in  hank-  and  piece-dyeing. 
Its  fastness  to  washing  is  considerably 
enhanced  by  an  aftertreatment  with 
chromium  fluoride. 

Similar  to 
Diamine 
Pnrpurine  V. 

IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Brilliant 
Scarlet  S. 

Considerably  superior  to  Diamine  Fast 
Red  F in  fastness  to  light  as  well  as  in 
brightness  of  shade.  It  ranges  amongst 
the  best  dyestuffs  as  regards  fastness 
to  light. 

4 

26 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Aeids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


73 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GG  pat. 


1% 


3% 


Approximately  , 
the  same  as 
Diamine 
Red  4B. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
altered  neither 
by  organic 
acids  nor  by 
dilute  mineral 
acids. 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  4 BN  pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 


n. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG, 


75 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  4BFF  pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 


IT. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG 


Diamine  Scarlet  5BFF  pat. 


1 % 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG, 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  8 BN 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG, 


1— II. 


Not  quite  so 
good  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG 


Diamine  Fast  Bordeaux  6BS 


i% 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet 
8BN. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


27 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 

III. 

— 

Light  shades 
are  easily 
dischargeable ; 
medium  and 
dark  shades 
may  be  used 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

The  shades  produced  with  Diamine  Fast 
Scarlets  are  distinguished  by  their  bright- 
ness as  well  as  their  fastness  to  organic 
and  mineral  acids.  Owing  to  their  good 
fastness  to  acids  the  products  may  also 
be  used  for  warps  fast  to  acids  in  the  case 
of  light  shades. 

Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  6BS  is  another 
brand  v>hich  yields  the  most  bluish  shades 
of  this  series. 

Similar  products,  viz: 

Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GFF 

>>  n t>  (rS 

„ » >,  gBFS 

„ „ „ 7 BFF 

„ „ „ 8BF 

„ „ „ ioBF 

„ „ „ 6BGN 

are  also  in  the  market. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
P ast  Scarlet  GG. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

Ill— IV. 

| 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Somewhat  brighter  in  shade  than  the  HBF 
brand,  but  somewhat  inferior  to  the  same 
in  fastness  to  acids. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

I— II. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Scarlet  GG. 

Yields  claret  shades  of  special  fastness  to 
light,  and  ranges  with  the  best  dyestuffs 
as  regards  fastness  to  light.  It  is  very 
well  suited  for  the  production  of  red  and 
claret  shades,  and  also  for  shading. 

4* 


28 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Bordeaux  B 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Red  4B 
(page  22). 


II— III. 


The  change 
effected  by 
acetic  acid  is 
similar  to  that 
in  the  case  of 
Diamine  Red 
4B. 


Diamine  Bordeaux  S 

1%  3% 


Approximately 
as  good  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  B. 


II. 


Considerably 
better  than 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  B, 
but  the  shade 
is  changed  to 
some  extent 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Diamine  Bordeaux  VRO 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 


I— II. 


Only  slightly 
better  than 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  B. 


Diamine  Brilliant  Bordeaux  R 


1% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 


n— in. 


The  shade  is 
scarcely  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


83 


Diamine  Brilliant  Rubine  S pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


84 


Diamine  Rubine  011 660  J pat. 

1 % 3 % 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  B. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


29 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Not  fast 
to  stoving. 

III— IV. 

— 

Ersily 

dischargeable. 

Extensively  used  for  the  production  of 
deep  claret,  prune  and  puce  shades  of 
relatively  good  fastness  to  washing,  light 
and  hot  pressing. 

The  shade 
withstands 
Qornial  stoving 
very  well. 

I. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable, 
but  not  quite 
so  easily  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  B. 

Used  for  similar  purposes  as  Diamine 
Bordeaux  B,  surpassing  the  latter  in  regard 
to  fastness  to  acids,  stoving  and  per- 
spiration. 

The  shade  is 
altered  by 
stoving, 
returning 
however  after 
washing. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 

Used  chiefly  for  cheap  claret  shades. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
•ordeaux  VRO. 

IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 

Equal  to  Diamine  Bordeaux  B in  fastness 
to  light,  but  superior  to  the  same  in  fast- 
ness to  acids  and  perspiration.  The  product 
serves  for  the  production  of  claret  shades 
fast  to  acids,  and  for  the  shading  of  the 
various  Diamine  Fast  Scarlets. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 

IV— V. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 

Corresponds  with  Diamine  Brilliant 
Bordeaux  R,  but  is  brighter  and  purer 
in  shade. 

Not  fast 
to  stoving. 

11. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Bordeaux  S. 

Used  for  the  same  purposes  as  Diamine 
Violet  Red,  viz.  for  cheap  and  bright 
claret,  puce  and  ruby  shades. 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


85 


Diamine  Violet  N 


3% 


86 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


In  light  shades 
good,  but 
bleeding 
slightly;  deep 
shades  stain 
white  cotton 
rather  more. 


ii— in. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
a trace 
more  reddish 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Fast  Violet  BBN 


0.75% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Violet 
N. 


Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFBN  pat. 

0.75%  2% 


Not  quite  equal 
to  Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
BBN. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade 
is  hardly 
perceptibly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Ill— IV 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Violet  BBN. 


88 


Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFRN  pat. 

0.75%  2% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Violet  FFBN. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Violet  BBN. 


Diamine  Brilliant  Violet  B 


0.75% 


2% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
FFBN. 


I— II. 


The  shade 
is  rendered 
a trace 
more  reddish 
by  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


90 


Diamine  Brilliant  Violet  RR 

0.75%  2% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
FFBN. 


i— ii. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


DYED  DIRECT 


31 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
ordinary 
toving  fairly 
well. 

V. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Violet  N possesses  the  advantage 
of  very  good  fastness  to  hot  pressing  and 
to  heat.  Extensively  used  for  the 

production  of  pure  violets  and  heliotropes, 
and  frequently  also  for  shading. 

Similar  brands: 

Diamine  Violet  RB 
and  the  more  bluish 

Diamine  Violet  BB. 

Vfter  rinsing, 
toved  shades 
ippear  hardly 
altered. 

I. 

— 

Dischargeable 
in  light  shades. 

The  Diamine  Fast  Violet  brands  are 
distinguished  by  their  very  good  fastness 
to  light. 

Same  as 
Mamine  Fast 
Violet  BBX. 

I. 

The  shade 
withstands 
a short, 
light  chloring. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
BBX. 

Same  as 
.amine  Violet 
N. 

I. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Violet  FFBN. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
BBX. 

fter  rinsing, 
oved  shades 
>pear  hardly 
altered. 

I. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Violet  FFBN. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
BBN. 

Come  into  consideration  chiefly  for  very 
bright  violet  shades. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Brilliant 
Violet  B. 

I. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Violet  FFBN. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Violet 
BBN. 

32 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Oxy  Diamine  Violet  B 


In  light  shades 
good,  bleeding 
but  slightly; 
deep  shades 
stain  white 
cotton  some- 
what more. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
very  slightly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


Oxy  Diamine  Violet  BF 


Somewhat 
superior  in 
this  respect 
to  the  “B” 
brand.  Light 
shades  hardly 
bleed  in  the 
washing,  dark 
ones  somewhat 
more  so. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  a little 
more  bluish 
by  acetic 
acid  50%. 


93 


Oxy  Diamine  Violet  G 

1%  3% 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B 


II. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  more 
bluish  by  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


Diamine  Heliotrope  B 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B. 


ii. 


Diamine  Heliotrope  0 pat. 


96 


Diamine  Heliotrope  G pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  BF. 


ii. 


The  shade 
is  hardly 
altered  by 
acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


DYED  DIRECT 


33 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chlorlng 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
when  washed 
after  stoving 
is  hardly 
altered. 

I. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Used  principally  for  cheap  violet,  puce 
and  prune  shades,  and  suitable  for  shading 
developing  and  coupling  colours,  its  shade 
and  fastness  not  being  affected  by  these 
treatments. 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B. 

I. 

— 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B. 

Superior  to  Oxy  Diamine  Violet  B in 
fastness  to  washing  and  yielding  very 
bright  and  deep  shades  of  Violet. 

By  way  of  diazotising  and  developing  with 
Beta  Naphtol,  deep  shades  of  blue  are 
obtained  of  very  good  fastness  to  washing. 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B. 

I. 

— 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B. 

More  reddish  in  shade  than  Oxy  Diamine 
Violet  B,  and  applied  similarly. 

A further  brand: 

Oxy  Diamine  Violet  It. 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Violet  B. 

I. 

Dischargeable 
only  in  light 
shades. 

Superior  in  brightness  of  shade  to  the 
Oxy  Diamine  Violets,  and  used  for  the 
production  of  bright  violet  and  claret 
shades;  it  is  the  bluest  violet  of  this  series. 

By  diazotising  and  developing  with 
Beta  Naphtol,  navy  blues  are  obtained 
which  are  fast  to  washing  and  acids. 

| The  shade 
i when  washed 
i after  stoving 

I. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Heliotrope  B. 

Distinguished  from  Diamine  Heliotrope  B 
by  its  more  reddish  shade. 

i appears  but 
| slightly  more 
bluish. 

1 

I. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Heliotrope  B. 

Somewhat  superior  in  fastness  to  washing 
to  Diamine  Heliotrope  B and  O. 

5 


34 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Sky  Blue 


2% 


White  cotton 
is  stained 
but  slightly 
by  light  shades 
and  some- 
what more  by 
deep  shades. 


i— it. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid  50% 
or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


98 


Diamine  Sky  Blue  FF 

Va%  2% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


Diamine  Blue  RW 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


Diamine  Blue  3B 

1 % 3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


I— II. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%  and 
hardly 

perceptibly  by 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


101 


Diamine  Blue  2B 

1%  3% 


102 


Diamine  Blue  BX 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3B. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 


i— ii. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
3B. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


35 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
resists  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 



Used  very  extensively  owing  to  its  pure 
and  bright  shade  for  all  kinds  of  cotton 
goods;  it  is  applied  particularly  also 
for  padding. 

Another  similar  brand: 

Diamine  Pure  Blue  A. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Used  like  Diamine  Sky  Blue,  which  it 
excels  in  brightness  of  shade. 

By  aftertreating  with  copper  sulphate, 
greenish  blues  of  very  good  fastness  to 
light  are  obtained. 

Similar  dyestuffs: 

Diamine  Sky  Blue  FFN  and  FFS. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  direct  shades  of  Diamine  Blue  RW 
are  distinguished  for  their  particular 
brightness.  By  aftertreating  with  copper 
sulphate,  shades  of  very  good  fastness  to 
light  are  obtained. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 

Ill— TV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

These  two  products  come  into  consideration 
particularly  for  the  dyeing  of  light  and 
medium  shades  of  blue. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue. 

m. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Blue  BX  is  one  of  the  most 
extensively  used  brands  of  Diamine  Blue. 
It  serves  both  for  navy  blue  shades,  and 
in  combination  with  the  various  Diamine 
Black  brands  for  the  production  of  cheap 
dark  blues. 

Other  similar  brands: 

Diamine  Blue  BG  and  OG, 

the  latter  being  the  most  greenish  product 
of  the  Diamine  Blue  series. 

5* 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Aelds 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


103 


Diamine  Blue  3R 

1%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  stained 
but  slightly 
by  light 
shades,  and 
more  so  by 
deep  ones. 


I— II. 


The  shade 
is  not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


104 


Diamine  Brilliant  Blue  G 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


105 


Oxy  Diamine  Blue  5G 

1%  3% 


Somewhat 
superior  to 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


i— ii. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


106 


Oxy  Diamine  Blue  G 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


107 


Oxy  Diamine  Blue  PG 

1% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


Oxy  Diamine  Blue  PB 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Blue  3R. 


DYED  DIRECT 


37 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
storing  very 
well,  thereby 
becoming 
brighter. 

I. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Blue  SR  is  the  reddest  brand  of 
the  Diamine  Blues,  and  suited  principally 
for  the  production  of  deep  blue  shades  of 
a coppery  tone.  Aftertreated  with  copper 
sulphate,  the  shade  becomes  more  violet 
and  very  fast  to  light. 

Diamine  Blue  AZ 
is  a similar  brand  and 

Diamine  Blue  NC 
another,  more  bluish  one. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
3R. 

III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Brilliant  Blue  G is  equally  as 
bright  in  shade  as  Diamine  Blue  RW,  but 
yields  a more  violetish  blue,  and  is  some- 
what faster  to  light.  Extensively  used  on 
hanks  and  pieces  in  direct  dyeing  as  tvell 
as  aftertreated  with  copper  sulphate  for  the 
production  of  blue  and  navy  blue  shades. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
3R. 

V. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  Oxy  Diamine  Blue  brands  rank  with 
the  cheaper  blue  dyestuffs.  By  an  after- 
treatment  with  copper  sulphate  their  fast- 
ness to  light  is  improved. 

Further  brands: 

Oxy  Diamine  Blue  3 G,  B,  R and  jR. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
3R. 

I. 

_ 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
3R. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light  shades; 
in  dark  shades 
applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 

These  two  products  are  considerably 
superior  to  the  afore-named  Oxy  Diamine 
Blues  in  fastness  to  alkali,  and  are  also 
somewhat  superior  to  them  in  fastness  to 
light.  They  are  used  likewise  for  the 
' production  of  cheap  and  bright  blues.  By 
aftertreating  with  copper  sulphate,  shades 
of  very  good  fastness  to  light  are  obtained. 

A further,  more  reddish  brand: 

Oxy  Diamine  Blue  PR. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
3R. 



IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
PG. 

38 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamineral  Blue  B 

1%  3% 


110 


Diamineral  Blue  BF 

1%  3% 


Diamineral  Blue  CV 

1%  3% 


Diamineral  Blue  CVB 

1%  3% 


113 


Diamineral  Blue  R 

1 % 3 % 


The  various 
Diamineral 
Blues  belong 
to  the  best 
direct  dyeing 
Blues 

in  respect  ot 
fastness  to 
washing. 
White  cotton 
is  stained  but 
slightly  by 
light  shades 
and  somewhat 
more  so  by 
deep  shades. 


II— III. 


II— III. 


II. 


II. 


II— III. 


The  shade 
is^not  altered 
by  acetic 
acid  50°/o  or 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Dark  Blue  B 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamineral 
Blue. 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamineral 
Blue. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


39 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

IV. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

IV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

All  the  brands  of  Diamineral  Blue  are 
comparatively  good  in  fastness  to  washing, 
ancl  are  used  very  generally,  both  dyed 
direct  and  coppered,  for  the  production  of 
medium  and  deep  Indigo  shades.  Also  for 
bottoming  and  subsequent  topping  with 
Basic  Colours  the  Diamineral  Blues  are 
frequently  used.  Aftertreating  with  copper 
sulphate  alone  or  with  copper  sulphate  in 
combination  with  bichrome  improves  their 
fastness  to  light  and  washing. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 

The  shades 
withstand 
’ normal 

stoving 
very  well. 

I. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamineral  Blue  jB,  jRC  and  R V. 

r. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

IV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamineral 
Blue.  The 
shade,  when 
washed  after 
stoving,  is 
clearer 
and  bluer. 

IV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

This  is  the  most  important  shading  and 
saddening  product  of  the  Diamine  Colour 
series.  It  is  used  for  the  production  of  all 
the  many  mode  shades,  further  for  dyeing 
grey  and  black  blue  shades. 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing  \ 


Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G 


1% 


3% 


White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  by 
light  shades, 
somewhat 
more  so  by 
deep  ones. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
somewhat 
reddened  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Diamine  Bengal  Blue  R 


3% 


1% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bengal  Blue  G. 


ii. 


The  shade 
is  not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Diamine  New  Blue  R 

i% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bengal  Blue  G, 


ii. 


The  shade 
is  not  altered 
either  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o  or  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


118 


Diamine  Deep  Blue  B 

l % 3% 


Approaching 
Diamine 
Bengal  Blue  G 
fairly  closely. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
New  Blue  R. 


119 


Diamine  Deep  Blue  R 

3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Bengal  Blue  G. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
New  Blue  R. 


120 


Diamine  Steel  Blue  L 

1%  3% 


Approaching 
Diamine 
Bengal  Blue  G 
fairly  closely. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
altered  hardly 
perceptibly  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o  or  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


DYED  DIRECT 


41 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

IV. 

— 

Dischargeable. 

Similar  to  the  Diamineral  Blue  brands, 
but  considerably  brighter  than  these,  and 
possess  the  property  of  going  particularly 
well  on  to  the  fibre. 

Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G is  also  suited  for 
the  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphate, 
by  which  its  fastness  to  light  is  improved. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
engal  Blue  G. 

III. 

— 

Applicable 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
engal  Blue  G. 

III. 

— 

/ 

Dischargeable. 

Diamine  New  Blue  R is  not  quite  equal  in 
brightness  of  shade  to  the  other  well-known 
Diamine  Blue  brands,  but  superior  to  the 
same  in  fastness  to  washing;  by  an  after- 
treatment  with  copper  sulphate  its  fastness 
to  light  is  improved. 

A further  brand: 

Diamine  New  Blue  G 
is  somewhat  more  greenish  in  lone. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
engal  Blue  G. 

IV— V. 

— 

Applicable1 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

Similar  to  the  Diamineral  Blues,  and  like 
these  may  be  aftertreated  with  metallic 
salts.  The  two  brands  come  into  con- 
sideration particularly  for  the  production 
of  more  covered  shades  than  those 
obtainable  with  Diamineral  Blue. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
■engal  Blue  G. 

IV— V. 

— 

Applicable 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

Same  as 
j Diamine 
2ngal  Blue  G. 

V. 

— 

Applicable 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

Diamine  Steel  Blue  L serves  for  the 
production  of  greenish  blue  shades  as  well 
as  of  numerous  bluish  grey  and  deep  blue 
compound  shades. 

6 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Aeid 
Cross-Dyeing 


121 


Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFB  pat. 

1% 


White  cotton 
is  stained 
but  slightly 
by  light  shades 
and  somewhat 
more  by  deep 
ones. 


IV— V. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


122 


Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFG  pat. 


i% 


3% 


Similar  to 
Diamine  Fast 
Blue  FFB, 
a little  better 
if  anything. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFB. 


123 


Diamine  Fast  Blue  BN  pat. 


i% 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFB. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o  and  only 
slightly  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


Diamine  Fast  Blue  G pat. 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFG. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  BN. 


Diamine  Fast  Blue  C pat. 


i% 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFB.; 


IV— V. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  BN. 


Diamine  Fast  Brilliant  Blue  R pat. 

1%  3% 


Not  quite 
equal  to 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFB. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
somewhat 
reddened  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


DYED  DIRECT 


43 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
resists  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  dark  shades 
and 

very  easily  so 
in  light  ones. 

Of  the  two  products,  FFB  is  distinguished 
particularly  for  its  excellent  fastness  to 
light  and  hot  pressing.  It  levels  very  well 
in  combination  with  other  Diamine  and 
Diamine  Fast  Colours,  and  may  therefore 
be  used  in  hank-  and  piece-dyeing  as  a 
saddening  and  shading  product,  even  for 
the  lightest  shades,  as  also  for  machine- 
dyeing. 

Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFG  is  somewhat  more 
greenish  in  shade. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
'ast  Blue  FFB. 

Ill— IV. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFB. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
'ast  Blue  FFB. 

Ill— IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light  shades, 
less  easily  so 
in  deep  shades. 

In  their  properties  very  similar  to 
Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFB  and  FFG,  and 
also  employed  in  a like  manner. 
Diamine  Fast  Blue  CG 
is  another  similar  brand. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
ast  Blue  FFB. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  BN. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
ast  Blue  FFB. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  BN. 

The  shade 
vhen  washed 
, subsequent 
o the  stoving 
is  somewhat 
nore  reddish 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Blue  FFB. 

Diamine  Fast  Brilliant  Blue  R dyes 
brighter  and  more  reddish  shades  than 
Diamine  Fast  Blue  FFB,  otherwise 
approaching  the  same  closely  in  properties. 

DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


127 


Diamine  Green  B 


1% 


3% 


White  cotton 
is  but 

slightly  stained 
by  light  shades, 
and  somewhat 
more  so  by 
deep  shades. 


n— m. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid. 


Diamine  Green  G 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


Diamine  Green  CL 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


ii. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


130 


Diamine  Green  NA 


3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


131 


Diamine  Green  FG 


1% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  affected 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


132 


Diamine  Dark  Green  N 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green  B. 


II. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Green, =B. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


45 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
ormal  stoving 
very  well, 
and  when 
ashed  appears 
somewhat 
brighter. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Green  B,  as  the  first  direct-dyeing 
green  dyestuff  ever  produced,  has  gained 
great  importance  for  the  production  of 
green  and  olive  shades.  Diamine  Green  G 
differs  from  the  “B”  brand  by  its  more 
yellowish  shade,  and  further  by  the  pro- 
perty of  yielding,  when  aftertreated  with 
fluoride  of  chrome,  dyeings  of  better  fast- 
ness to  milling. 

Diamine  Green  B and  G are  best  dyed 
without  soda ; it  is  further  advisable,  par- 
ticularly in  the  case  of  Diamine  Green  B, 
not  to  dye  in  copper  vessels.  The  other 
brands  of  Diamine  Green  may  be  dyed  with 
or  without  soda. 

Same  as 
>iamine  Green 
B. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
>iamine  Green 
B. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Faster  to  alkali  than  the  “B”  and  “G” 
brands,  in  its  other  properties  like  Diamine 
Green  B,  in  shade  somewhat  brighter  and 
more  bluish. 

Same  as 
lamine  Green 
B. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Somewhat  more  covered  and  more  bluish 
in  shade  than  Diamine  Green  G. 

Same  as 
’famine  Green 
B. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  brightest  Green  of  this  series. 

Same  as 
•lamine  GreeD 
B. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Dark  Green  N is  not  equal  in 
brightness  to  Diamine  Green  B , but  yields 
very  well  covered  shades , and  is  therefore 
specially  well  suited  for  producing  dark 
green  shades,  and  for  shading  olives  and 
bronze  tones. 

46 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Black  BII 

1%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  but 

slightly  stained 
by  light 
shades,  and 
somewhat 
more  so  by 
deep  ones. 


ii— in. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


134 


Diamine  Black  BHF 

1 % 3% 


Somewhat 
superior  to 
Diamine  Black 
BH. 


II— III. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Black 

BH. 

II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Black 
BH. 


Diamine  Black  BO 

1%  3% 


A little  better 
than  Diamine 
Black  BH. 


Diamine  Black  RO 

1%  3% 


137 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Black 
BH. 


Diamine  Black  HW 


Diamine  Black  DN 

1%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Black 
BH. 


in. 


Becomes 

perceptibly 

redder 

in  light  shades, 
in  deep  shades 
the  change  is 
but  very  slight. 


iL 


DYED  DIRECT, 


47 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
moving  very 
well. 

III— IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Black  BII  and  BHF  range  among 
the  most  important  Diamine  Colours,  and 
are  employed  in  exceedingly  large  quanti- 
ties direct  as  well  as  diazotisecl  and 
developed. 

In  the  case  of  direct  dyeing,  excellent 
levelling  and  easy  penetration  are  pro- 
minent features. 

Further  similar  brands: 

Diamine  Black  BHF  cone. 

„ „ BUN 

„ „ BHR 

„ „ BHS  cone. 

„ „ RMW 

„ „ No.  jr 

Same  as 
amine  Black 
BH. 

ii— m. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
amine  Black 
BH. 

n— hi. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Black  BO  and  RO  behave  like 
Diamine  Black  BH  in  their  properties,  but 
are  more  covering  in  shade;  they  are  used 
> principally  as  bottoming  colours  in  the 
production  of  deep  shades  of  blue. 

A similar  brand  of  higher  concentration: 
Diamine  Black  ROO. 

Same  as 
amine  Black 
BH. 

I— II. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
amine  Black 
BH. 

v- 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Of  the  other  direct-dyeing  Diamine  Black 
brands,  Diamine  Black  HW  is  distinguished 
by  its  greenish  shade  and  its  property  of 
yielding  dyeings  practically  absolutely  fast 
to  hot  pressing.  The  dyestuff  is  particularly 
well  suited  for  saddening  dark  greens  and 
olives. 

Same  as 
amine  Black 
BH. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Very  well  suited,  when  dyed  direct,  for  the 
production  of  greyish  blue  and  deep  blue, 
as  also  for  compound  and  mode  shades 
of  every  description. 

By  developing  with  Beta  Naphtol,  very 
fast  blue  shades  are  obtained,  and  blacks 
of  great  depth  and  fulness  by  developing 
with  Phenylene  Diamine. 

A somewhat  more  bluish  product: 
Diamine  Black  DB. 

48 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Diamine  Blue  Black  E 


1% 


3% 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


The  shade 
loses  to  some 
extent  in 
depth  and 
bleeds  on  to 
white  cotton. 


n. 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic 
acid  50%,  and 
somewhat  more 
so  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


140 


Diaminogene  Extra 


Diaminogene  B 

1%  3% 


III. 


Light  shades 
possess  good 
fastness 
to  washing, 
and  but 
slightly  stain 
white  cotton. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
bluer  by  acetic 
acid  50% 
or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  a 
trifle  more 
reddish 


II — HI.  by  acetic  acid 


50  o/o  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Fast  Black  F 


White  cotton 
is  but 

slightly  stained 
by  light  shades 
and  somewhat 
more  by 
blacks. 


III. 


Acetic  acid 
50  °/o  renders 
the  shade 
very  slightly 
more  reddish 
and  duller. 


Diamine  Fast  Black  X 


5% 


Somewhat  in- 
ferior to 
Diamine  Fast 
Black  F. 


TIT. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Diamine  Fast  Black  C high  cone. 


1% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Black  F. 


ii— nr. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Black  X. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


49 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

ii— m. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  bluest  brand  of  the  Diamine  Black 
series,  standing  in  shade  between  Diamine 
Black  and  Diamine  Blue. 

In  addition  to  direct  dyeing,  Diamine  Blue 
Black  E is  also  used  as  a diazotisiny  dye- 
stuff for  dark  blue  shades. 

A similar  product  is 

Diamine  Blue  Black  R 
which  is  a little  more  reddish  in  shade,  but 
only  suited  for  direct  dyeing. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
Black  E. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

In  direct  dyeing  the  products,  in  view  of 
their  good  levelling  property,  are  chiefly 
suited  for  shading  purposes.  Of  importance 
is  the  good  fastness  to  light  and  hot 
pressing,  also  for  light  shades.  The 
products  are  principally  valuable  on 
account  of  their  yielding  prominently  fine 
and  fast  shades  of  black  when  diazotised 
and  developed. 

The  following  products  may  further  here 
be  mentioned: 

Diaminoeene  BR 
„ B IV 

„ CCL 

and  also  the  very  similar  brands: 
Diamine  Neron  BB 
„ BBG 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
Black  E. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
Black  E. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  Diamine  Fast  Black  brands  belong  to 
the  best  direct  dyeing  Blacks  in  respect  of 
fastness  to  light,  and  are  used  for  grey  and 
black  shades  in  all  those  cases  where 
importance  is  placed  on  good  fastness  to 
light,  as  for  instance  for  sewing  yarn, 
linen,  better-class  cotton  fabrics,  etc. 
Further  brands  are  the  following: 
Diamine  Fast  Black  CB  high  cone. 
Diamine  Fast  Black  XN  extra  cone. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
Black  E. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Blue 
Black  E. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

1 

7 


50 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 

Fastness 

Fastness 

Fastness 

Fastness 
to  Acid 

to  Washing 

to  Light 

to  Acids 

Cross-Dyeing 

145 


Diamine  Jet  Black  Cr 

1%  5% 


146 


Diamine  Jet  Black  00 

1%  5% 


147 


Diamine  Jet  Black  SS 

1%  5% 


II— III. 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
is  relatively 
good.  It  is 
considerably 
improved  by 
an  aftertreat- 
ment with 
bichrome. 


The  shade  is 
but  slightly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50°/o  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 

III. 

acid  turn  the 
shade  only 
slightly  more 
bluish. 

hi. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Jet 
Black  Cr. 


148 


Diamine  Jet  Black  GG  extra  cone. 

1%  4% 


Diamine  Jet  Black  BB  extra  cone. 

1%  4% 


150 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  B cone. 


The  shades 
are  of 
somewhat 
better  fastness 
to  washing 
than  those 
produced 
with  Diamine 
Jet  Black  Cr. 
00  and  SS. 


III. 


III. 


The  shades 
are  hardly 
affected  by 
acetic  acid 
50«/o  in  the 
case  of  deep 
shades;  light 
shades  turn 
more  reddish. 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Jet 
Black  GG 
extra  cone,  and 
BB  extra  cone. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


51 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness  to 
Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

III— IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  Diamine  Jet  Black  brands  belong  to  a 
homogeneous  group  distinguished  by  their 
relatively  good  fastness  to  light. 

They  are  very  extensively  used  for  velveteen 

The  shades 
withstand 
normal 
stoving  well. 
When  washed 
after  stoving 
they  appear 
somewhat 
brighter. 

III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

dyeing,  for  sewing  cotton  etc.,  and  further 
serve  in  light  shades  also  for  greys  and 
bluish  greys.  Their  property  to  become 
fixed  with  bichrome  in  good  fastness  to 
washing  renders  the  products  suitable  for 
the  production  of  dyes  fast  to  milling. 
While  Diamine  Jet  Black  OO  yields  bluish 
blacks,  Diamine  Jet  Black  SS,  Cr,  and  a 
further  brand,  RB,  are  very  well  suited 
for  the  production  of  jet  blacks. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 

ITT— IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Jet  Black  Cr  cone. 

„ „ „ oooo 

„ „ „ M 

„ „ RB. 

The  shades 
are  hardly 
affected  by 
normal 
stoving. 

V. 

Easily 

The  two  new  Diamine  Jet  Black  brands 
offer  over  the  above-mentioned  brands  the 
' advantage  of  yielding  far  more  intense 
Blacks  of  a somewhat  superior  fastness 
to  washing. 

V. 

dischargeable. 

The  shade  is 
bnt  little 
affected 
by  stoving. 

— 

In  light 
shades 

ii, 

in  dark 
shades 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  product  comes  first  of  all  into 
consideration  for  an  aftertreatment  with 
formaldehyde,  but  the  direct  dyeings  also 
yield  fairly  deep  shades  of  black,  which 
frequently  are  found  valuable. 

The  following  brands  behave  similarly: 
Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  BB  cone. 

„ „ „ FG  cone. 

•)  ,,  „ FB  cone. 

7* 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


151 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Washing  to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Diamine  Grey  G 

y2%  2% 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
at  all  by 
light  shades, 
and  but  slight- 
ly so  even  by 
deep  ones. 


ii— in. 


152 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50°/o  or  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


153 


Diamine  Fast  Grey  BN 


%% 


Approximately 
the  same  but 
not  quite  so 
good  as  Dia- 
mine Grey  G. 


Ill— IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  turns  the 
shade  somewhat 
bluer. 


154 


Diamine  Fast  Grey  RN 


%% 


Approximately 
the  same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Grey  BN. 


II— III. 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  A 

1%  5% 


155 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  AFF 

1%  5% 


156 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  AM 

1%  5% 


White  cotton 
is  lightly 
stained  by 
light  shades 
and  more  so 
in  the  case 
of  blacks. 


i— ii. 


i— ii. 


i— ii. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Grey  BN. 


The  shade  is 
but  little 
affected  by 
acetic  acid 
50°/o,  and 
becomes  but 
slightly  bluer 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


DYED  DIRECT, 


53 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
storing  very 
well. 

IV. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamine  Grey  G is  very  fast  to  washing, 
and  serves  for  the  production  of  the 
various  shades  of  Grey.  It  is  best  dyed 
without  the  addition  of  soda. 

Same  as 
)iamine  Grey 
G. 

III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Used  for  similar  purposes  as  Diamine 
Grey  G,  and  distinguished  for  good 
levelling  properties  and  fastness  to  light. 
Owing  to  its  good  dischargeability,  Diamine 
Fast  Grey  BN  is  frequently  used  for  print 
styles. 

In  copper  vessels  Diamine  Fast  Grey  BN 
is  best  dyed  without  soda. 

Same  as 
)iamine  Grey 
G. 

II— III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Somewhat  more  reddish  in  shade  than 
Diamine  Fast  Grey  BN. 

In  copper  vessels  this  product  likewise  is 
best  dyed  without  soda. 

V. 

In  light  shades 
easily 

dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades 
more  difficult 
to  discharge. 

The  dyestuffs  of  the  Oxy  Diamine  Black  A 
group  are  used  in  very  large  quantities  for 
the  dyeing  of  loose  cotton,  cotton  hanks, 
piece-goods  and  hosiery  goods  (stockings) 
as  a substitute  for  logwood;  there  is  no 
essential  difference  between  the  relative 

The  shades 
withstand 
normal 
storing  well, 
appearing 
only  some- 
what bluer 
ifter  washing. 

V. 

— 

— 

degrees  of  fastness  of  the  various  brands. 
While  Oxy  Diamine  Black  A yields  a bright 
bluish  Black,  “AFF”  dyes  a considerably 
deeper  shade  of  Black  and  “AM"  a more 
brownish  black  shade. 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  A and  AM  are  also 
very  well  suited  for  coupling  purposes; 
coupled  with  Nitrazol  C and  with  the 
addition  of  Methylene  Blue,  they  give  very 
cheap  bright  Blacks  of  good  fastness  to 
washing. 

— 

V. 

— 

Along  with  the  single  strength  products, 
the  same  brands  are  marketed  in  a 
concentrated  form  as 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  A extra  cone. 

„ „ „ AFF  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ AM  extra  cone. 

54 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  SA 


158 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  D 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  FFC 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  N 

1%  5% 


161 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  S000 

1%  5% 


162 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  US 


I— II. 


I— II. 


I— II. 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Black  A. 


II. 


II— III. 


I— II. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%;  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  it  is 
turned  very 
slightly  bluer. 


The  shade 
resists  boiling 
in  acid  baths 
fairly  well; 
white  wool  is 
stained  reddish. 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Black  SA. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  bluer 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine  Black 
SA. 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine  Black 
SA. 


The  shade  is 
not  noticeably 
altered 

by  acetic  acid 
of  50%  or 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


The  shade 
resists  boiling 
in  acid  baths 
fairly  well; 
white  wool  is 
stained  but 
slightly. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


55 


Fastness 
o Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

1 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
toring  well 
tnd  is  just 
trace  more 
lnish  after 
washing. 

IV— V. 

— 

In  light  shades 
easily 

dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades 
more  difficult 
to  discharge. 

These  dyestuffs  are  used  for  the  same 
purpose  as  the  Oxy  Diamine  Black  brands 
enumerated  on  the  preceding  page. 
Concentrated  brands  are  also  in  the  market 
of  the  products  mentioned  here,  viz: 
Oxy  Diamine  Black  SA  extra  cone. 

,,  D extra  cone. 

„ FFC  extra  cone. 

The  following  approach  the  above  very 
closely: 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  FFN  extra  cone. 

„ AT  extra  cone. 

„ RR ■ 

ime  as  Oxy 
amine  Black 
SA. 

IV. 

— 

ame  as  Oxy 
amine  Black 
SA. 

V. 

— 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine  Black 
SA. 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
Coving  well 
id  is  just  a 
race  more 
ddish  after 
washing. 

V. 

— 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine  Black 
SA. 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  N is  not  so  well  suited, 
for  the  production  of  light  and  medium 
shades,  but  is  exceedingly  suitable  for  the 
production  of  deep  Blacks  owing  to  its 
particularly  good  covering  properties.  It 
is  used  in  velveteen  dyeing  and  hank 
dyeing. 

ame  as  Oxy 
amine  Black 
N. 

V. 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine  Black 
SA. 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  SOOO  is  by  far  the 
brightest  and  best  covering  Oxy  Diamine 
Black  brand. 

This  product  surpasses  all  the  other  direct 
dyeing  Blacks  in  fulness  of  shade. 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
:oving  very 
• well,  and 
pears  hardly 
anged  after 
washing. 

V. 

Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine  Black 
SA. 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  US  belongs  to  a group 
of  the  Oxy  Diamine  Black  series,  which, 
besides  for  good  fastness  to  washing  is 
distinguished  for  its  particularly  excellent 
fastness  to  acids.  The  product  is  used 
specially  for  producing  blacks  fast  to 
milling  and  acids. 

Further  products  of  this  group: 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  Ul 
in  single  and  concentrated  strength  and 
Oxy  Diamine  Black  US  extra  cone. 

56 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


163 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Washing  to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Aeids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  JEI 

1 % 5% 


164 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  JB 

1%  5% 


166 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JE 

%%  2% 


167 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JB 

%%  2% 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
of  the  Oxy 
Diamine 
Black  “J” 
series  is 
somewhat 
superior  to 
that  of  the 
“A”  brands 
described 
before. 


158 


ii. 


ii. 


ii. 


ii. 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
somewhat 
more  reddish 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


II. 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  JW  Superior 

y2%  2% 


ii. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


57 


Fastness 
to  Storing 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


IV— V. 


These  dyestuffs,  lilce  the  preceding  ones, 
belong  to  the  group  of  cheap,  direct  dyeing 
Blacks,  and  are  most  extensively  used  for 
the  dyeing  of  all  kinds  of  cotton  goods. 


Compared  with  the  afore-mentioned  brands, 
they  offer  the  advantage  that,  when 
exposed  to  light,  they  fade  more  towards 
grey,  for  which  reason  they  may  be 
designated  as  being  faster  to  light. 


V. 


Another  advantage  of  the  products 
belonging  to  the  “J”  series  is  that  they  do 
not  become  bronzy  even  in  dyeing  deep 
shades.  They  further  yield  on  linen  yarn 
and  linen  cloth  fine  deep  shades  of  Black, 
and  are  for  this  reason  of  the  greatest 
importance  for  this  industry. 


V. 


The  shades 
withstand 
normal 

■toving  fairly 

well,  but 
must  be  well 
rinsed  after 
storing. 

IV— V. 


Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light 
> shades ; in 
deep  shades 
more  difficult 
to  discharge. 


Further  brands  of  the  same  group  in  the 
market  are  the  following: 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  JET  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ JB  extra  cone. 

,,  „ „ JtV  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ JE 

„ „ „ JE  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ JIVE 

„ „ „ JIVF  extra  cone 

„ „ „ JWB  extra  cone. 

„ ,,  „ JIVN  extra  cone. 


The  products  behave  like  those  of  the  Oxy 
Diamine  Black  J series,  but  are  of  con- 
siderably superior  tinctorial  power  than 
these  and  are  used  principally  for  very 
deep  Blacks. 

Further  brands  in  the  market: 


V. 


Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JET 
„ „ „ FFG. 

The  latter  is  not  suited  for  the  discharge 
style. 


Similar  in  shade  and  properties  to  Oxy 
Diamine  Black  JW,  but  considerably 
superior  thereto  in  tinctorial  power. 
Further  similar  brands: 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  JIFF  superior 
„ FFE  superior. 


8 


58 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


169 


Para  Diamine  Black  B extra  cone. 

0.75%  3% 


170 

Para  Diamine  Black  BB  extra  cone. 

0.75%  3% 


Para  Diamine  Black  FFB  extra  cone. 

0.75% 


172 

Para  Diamine  Black  FF  extra  cone. 

0.75%  3% 


I— II. 


I— II. 


173 

Para  Diamine  Black  FFD  extra  cone. 

0.75%  3% 


174 

Para  Diamine  Black  FFBR  extra  cone. 

0.75%  3% 


The  Para 
Diamine  Black 
brands 
possess  the 
same  fastness 
to  washing 
as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Black  A. 


i— n. 


i— ii. 


ii. 


i— ii. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50°/o,  and 
become  but 
slightly 
brighter  and 
bluer  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


The  shades 
fairly  well 
resists  boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath ; white 
wool  is  stained 
somewhat 
reddish. 


DYED  DIRECT. 


59 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness  Discharges 
to  Chloring  with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


IV. 


IV. 


IV— V. 


'he  shades  of 
ara  Diamine 
Black 
withstand 
normal 
toving  very 
well. 


IV— V. 


IV— V. 


IV— V. 


Easily 

dischargeable 
in  light 
shades,  in 
deep  shades 
more  difficult 
to  discharge. 


The  Para  Diamine  Black  brands  form  a 
special  series  of  the  direct  dyeing  Blacks; 
they  are  used  chiefly  for  deep  shades  of 
Black  and  for  goods  which  are 
subsequently  finished,  such  as  lustrous 
linings,  polished  yarns  etc.  They  are 
superior  to  the  older  Blacks  chiefly  in  point 
of  fastness  to  acids. 

Further  brands: 

Para  Diamine  Black  B 
„ BB 
„ FFB 

,,  FFB  high  cone. 

„ FFD  high  cone. 

„ BF  extra  cone. 

„ BBD  extra  cone. 

The  last-mentioned  brand  is  not  suited  for 
the  discharge  style. 


II. 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED  WITH 
METALLIC  SALTS. 


62 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeim 


175 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  3G 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 

1%%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 


stained  by  light 
shades,  and 
just  slightly 
by  deeper  ones. 


176 


Diamine  Yellow  N Powder 

aftertreated  with 
chromium  fluoride 

l'/2%  3% 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
strongly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  3G. 


III. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  more 
greenish  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Diamine  Orange  B 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 

2%  4% 


Diamine  Brown  3G 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 

2%  4% 


Approxi- 
mately the 
same,  but  not 
quite  so  good 
as  Diamine 
Fast  Yellow 
3G. 


IV. 


IV. 


The  shade 
becomes 
somewhat 
more  yellow, 
ish  by  acetic 
acid  50%  and 
by  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


179 


Diamine  Bronze  G 

aftertreated  with 
chromium  fluoride 

VAX  3% 


White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained,  even 
by  deep  shades. 


ii— iii. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%;  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  it  becomes 
a little  flatter. 


180 


Diamine  Green  G 

aftertreated  with 
chromium  fluoride 

1 %%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Orange  B. 


ii— in. 


The  shade  is 
turned  slightly 
more  bluish  by 
acetic  acid 
500/o,  and 
flatter  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


WITH  METALLIC  SALTS 


63 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
stoving 
very  well. 

I. 

— 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 

The  treatment  with  chrome  and  copper  or 
copper  produces  more  greenish  shades  with 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  SG,  but  considerably 
increases  the  fastness  to  washing.  By  hot 
soaping  the  aftertreatcd  shades, 
considerably  brighter  Yellows  of  equally 
good  fastness  to  washing  are  obtained. 
Diamine  Fast  Yellow  SG  is  especially  well 
suited  for  the  production  of  greenish  shades 
of  good  fastness  to  light  and  washing. 

Same  as 
iamine  Fast 
Yellow  3G. 

Ill— IV. 

Withstands 
weak  chloring. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

More  reddish  in  shade  and  used  for  the 
same  purposes  as  Diamine  Fast  Yellow  SG. 
Further  it  is  applied  extensively  for 
discharge  styles. 

The  shade 
turns  more 
yellowish  on 
stoving. 

IV. 

— 

Not  suitable 
> for 

discharging. 

Both  dyestuffs  when  aftertreatcd  with 
copper  sulphate  yield  shades  of  very  good 
fastness  to  light;  both  serve  for  the 
production  of  yellowish  browns  and  for 
shading. 

By  aftertreating  loith  bichrome  and  copper 
sulphate  the  fastness  to  washing  is  also 
enhanced. 

V. 

The  stoved 

shade  is 
somewhat 
•ighter  after 
washing. 

V. 

Very  easily  ] 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Bronze  G,  aftertreated  with 
chromium  fluoride,  yields  brown  and  olive 
shades  fast  to  washing  and  milling,  which 
may  be  shaded  with  Diamine  Green  G. 
By  an  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphate 
or  with  a mixture  of  copper  sulphate  and 
biclirome,  brown  shades  of  very  good  fast- 
ness to  light  and  milling  are  obtained. 

The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
toving  very 
well. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Green  G,  aftertreated  with 
chromium  fluoride,  is  used  for  the 
production  of  green  shades  fast  to  washing. 
Instead  of  chromium  fluoride,  biclirome 
may  also  be  used  for  aftertreating. 

64 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


181 


Diamine  Brown  M 
aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  biehrorae 

2%  4% 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  by 
light  shades, 
and  but 
slightly  so  by 
deep  ones. 


III. 


Diamine  Brown  B 
aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 
2%  4% 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine  Brown 
M. 


Ill— IV 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
somewhat 
more  violetish 
by  acetic  acid 
50%. 


Diamine  Catechine  G 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 
2%  4% 


Diamine  Catechine  B 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 
2%  4% 


III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  M. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  and  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  render  the 
shade 
somewhat 
flatter. 


III. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
, by  acetic  acid 
,50%;  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  they  are 
rendered 
somewhat 
flatter. 


Diamineral  Brown  G 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 
2%  4% 


Oxy  Diamine  Brown  3GN 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 

2%  4% 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  M. 


The  shade 
becomes  flatter 
by  acetic  acid 
of  50  °/0. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
blackish  by 
acetic  acid 
50%. 


65 


WITH  METALLIC  SALTS. 


Fastness 
o Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyraidite 


Remarks 


II. 


The  shades 
withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


The  shades 
withstand 
normal 
ttoving  well 
id  are  some- 
hat  brighter 
fter  washing. 


The  shades 
withstand 
normal 
oving  fairly 
well. 


II— III. 


III. 


Y. 


II. 


II— III. 


Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 


Diamine  Brown  M and  B,  together  with 
the  Diamine  Catechine  brands  and  Dia- 
mineral  Brown  G,  count  among  the  most 
important  brown  aftertreated  dyestuffs,  the 
entire  range  of  current  brown  shades  being 
obtainable  therewith  in  good  fastness  to 
washing  and  light. 

More  reddish  brands  with  similar 
properties  are  the  following: 
Diamine  Brown  R and  MR, 
the  very  yellow  brand 
Diamine  Catechine  jG 
being  mostly  used  for  the  production  of 
yellowish  Cutch  tones  and  for  shading 
mode  colours. 

Copper  sulphate  by  itself,  similarly  to  a 
combination  of  bichrome  and  copper  sul- 
phate effects  an  improvement  in  fastness 
to  light  in  particular,  in  the  case  of  all  the 
above  dyestuffs,  while  a treatment  with 
bichrome  or  chromium  fluoride  alone 
improves  the  fastness  to  washing  only. 


Diamineral  Brown  G behaves  similarly  to 
the  afore-mentioned  products;  it  is 
distinguished  by  specially  good  fastness  to 
light  and  washing,  and  is  principally 
applied  for  copper-brown  shades  or  for 
shading  the  Diamine  Brown  and  Diamine 
Catechine  brands. 


Used  like  the  afore-mentioned  products. 
A further,  more  reddish  brand  of  similar 
properties  is 

Oxy  Diamine  Brown  RN. 


66 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeini 


Diamine  Fast  Red  F 

aftertreated  with 
chromium  fluoride 

2%  3% 


The  shade 
loses  but  little 
in  depth  by 
washing. 
White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  by  light 
shades  and 
more  severely 
by  deep  ones. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


The  shade  ii 
but  slightly 
affected  by 
boiling  in  ai 
acid  bath. 
White  wool 
is  slightly 
stained. 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GFF  pat. 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  4BFF  pat. 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  7BFF  pat. 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


Approxi- 
mately the 
same,  if  not 
quite  so  good 
as  Diamine 
Fast  Red  F. 


III. 


III. 


III. 


The  shades 
become  much 
brighter  on 
spotting  with 
acetic  acid 
50%  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Brilliant  Rubine  S pat. 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 

2%  3% 


Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFBN  pat. 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 

2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Scarlet  GFF. 


in— IV. 


IV— V. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Scarlet. 


The  shade  is 
brightened  by 
spotting  with 
acetic  acid  50%. 


WITH  METALLIC  SALTS, 


67 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
esists  normal 
'towing  well, 
and  after 
washing  is 
somewhat 
clearer. 

III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  aftertreatment  with  chromium  fluoride 
(chrome  alum  or  bichrome)  is  principally 
employed  for  improving  the  fastness  to 
washing  andi  acid  boiling,  so  that  the 
aftertreatsd  shade  may  be  used  for  warps 
to  be  cross-dyed. 

By  an  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphate 
a duller  Red  of  very  good  fastness  to 
washing  and  light  is  obtained. 

nx— IV. 

’he  stoved  and 
/ashed  shades 
ippear  much 
brighter. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

The  shades  when  aftertreated  with  copper 
sulphate  are  flatter  than  the  direct  shades, 
but  a considerable  improvement  in  fastness 
to  light  is  attained  through  this  after- 

treatment. 

Further  brands  of  equal  properties  are 
the  following: 

Diamine  Fast  Scarlet  GG 

„ „ „ .(BFS 

„ „ „ flBFF. 

ii— in. 

- 

Applicable 

for 

coloured 

discharging. 

The  shade 
withstands 
rraal  stoving 
rell  and  is 
somewhat 
ighter  after 
washing. 

IV— V. 

Behaves  similarly  to  the  Diamine  Fast 
Scarlet  brands,  but  is  superior  to  the  same 
in  fastness  to  light  and  hot  pressing. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
lant  Rubine 
S. 

1 

in. 

— 

Diamine  Fast  Violet  FFBN,  aftertreated 
with  copper  sulphate,  yields  violet  shades 
of  excellent  fastness  to  light.  A brand  of  a 
more  bluish  shade,  but  equal  properties: 
Diamine  Fast  Violet  BBN. 

9' 


68 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeinf 


193 


Diamine  Sky  Blue  FF 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
1.5%  3% 


Alkaline 
washing  renders 
the  shade  more 
reddish. 
White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  by  deep 
shades. 


IV 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50°/o;  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
it  more 
bluish. 


194 


Diamine  Blue  RW 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 

2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue  FF. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  changed  by 
acetic  acid  50%; 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
it  a trace 
more  purplish. 


Diamine  Brilliant  Blue  ( 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue  FF. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  a 
brighter  blue 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  and  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Blue  3R 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


The  shade  is 
rendered  paler 
and 

bluer  in  the 
washing. 
White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%;  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
it  somewhat 
bluer. 


Oxy  Diamine  Blue  G 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


III— IV. 


Oxy  Diamine  Blue  R 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate 
2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Sky  Blue  FF. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%; 

hydrochloric 
acid  renders  it 
more  bluish, 


WITH  METALLIC  SALTS. 


69 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
esists  ordinary 
stoving  very 
well. 

IV. 

Diamine  Sky  Blue  FF  and  Diamine  Blue  RiV, 
aftertreated  with  copper  sulphate,  are 
employed  most  extensively  for  the  pro- 
duction of  blue  shades  of  very  good  fast- 
ness to  light  and  good  fastness  to  washing. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Sky 
Blue  FF. 

IV— V. 

Both  products,  in  combination  with  Diamine 
Fast  Yellow,  are  also  suited  for  producing 
greens  and  greenish-blues. 

Similar  brands: 

Diamine  Sky  Blue  FFN  and  FFS. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Sky 
Blue  FF. 

IV. 

Applicable  for 

Diamine  Brilliant  Blue  G behaves  very 
similarly  to  Diamine  Blue  RW,  and  is 
principally  employed  for  the  production  of 
medium  blue  and  navy  blue  shades  fast 
to  light. 

discharging. 

he  stoved  and 
vashed  shade 
ippears  bluer. 

11. 

On  account  of  its  reddish  violet  shade  used 
particularly  to  shade  blues  and  browns 
towards  red,  especially  in  the  case  of  dye- 
stuffs which  are  aftertreated  with  copper 
sulphate  or  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate. 

he  shade  with- 
tands  normal 
storing  rery 
well. 


The  shade 
ssists  normal 
toving  well; 
after  being 
( washed  It 
appears 
brighter. 


III. 


II— III. 


The  Oxy  Diamine  Blue  brands  when  after- 
treated  with  copper  sulphate  behave  similarly 
to  the  afore.- mentioned  Blues,  but  are  not 
quite  so  good  as  regards  fastness  to  light 
and  hot  pressing,  especially  in  the  case  of 
light  shades. 

For  aftertreatment  toith  copper  sulphate 
the  following  products  are  likewise  suited: 
Oxy  Diamine  Blue  B,  jG,  $G, 
and  also  Oxy  Diamine  Blue  PG, 


- 


70 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


199 

Diamineral  Blue  B 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  hichrome 

2%  3% 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Light  to  Aeids 


III— IV. 


Fastness 
to  Aeid 
Cross-Dyeing 


200 

Diamineral  Blue  BF 

aftertreated  \\  ith 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 

2%  3% 


201 


Diamineral  Blue  R 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 

2%  3% 


202 

Diamineral  Blue  CV 

aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrorce 

2%  3% 


203 

Diamineral  Blue  CVB 


The  shades 
withstand 
washing 
with  soap,  or 
soap  and  soda, 
quite  well,  and 
lose  but  little 
in  depth. 
White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  even 
by  deep  shades. 


But  slightly 
inferior  to  the 
brands 

named  above. 


in— IV. 


Neither  acetic 
acid  30°/o  nor 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  alter  the 
shades. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shades 
withstand 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath  quit< 
well. 

White  cotton 
is  but  slightlj 
stained. 


IV. 


The  shades  are 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/0. 


aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 

2%  3% 


204 


Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G 


aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  biclirome 

2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamineral 
Blue  CV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid  50%; 
hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
it  somewhat 
bluer  and 
brighter. 


WITH  METALLIC  SALTS. 


71 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


III— IV. 


The  shades 
withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


Ill— IV, 


III—  IV 


The  shade 
withstands 
•rmal  stoving 
very  well. 


Ill— IV 


The  shade 
*rns  a little 
ighter  and 
bluer  on 
stoving. 


Ill— IV 


The  shade 
vithstands 
•mal  stoving 
'ery  well. 


IV. 


Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging. 


These  brands  range  among  the  best  dyestuffs 
to  be  aftertreated,  especially  as  regards 
fastness  to  washing  They  further  possess 
very  good  fastness  to  light  and  acids,  and 
are  for  this  reason  extensively  used  for 
dyeing  hanks  and  piece-goods.  The  dye- 
stuffs are  in  the  aftertreating  process 
frequently  topped  with  Basic  Colours, 
particularly  with  Naphtindone  or  New 
Methylene  Blue. 

The  more  greenish  brand 
Diamineral  Blue  jB 
and  the  more  reddish  brands 
Diamineral  Blue  RV,  jRC 
possess  similar  properties. 

By  an  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphite 
by  itself,  slightly  brighter  shades  are 
obtained,  which  however  are  not  quite  so 
good  in  fastness  to  washing. 


Both  these  brands  are  brighter  than  the 
I preceding  ones;  they  are  not  quite  equal 
to  them  in  fastness  to  washing,  but  are 
superior  in  fastness  to  light. 


Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome  yields  a 
bright  greenish  Blue  of  properties  similar 
to  those  of  Diamineral  Blue;  it  is  used 
for  the  same  purposes  as  the  latter. 


72 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeini 


Diamineral  Black  B 

aftertreated  with 
coppar  sulphate  and  bichrome 

4%  3% 


206 


Diamineral  Black  6B 
aftertreated  with 
copper  sulphate  and  bichrome 

3%  6% 


Diamine  Jet  Black  SS 

aftertreated  with 
bichroine 

5%  6% 


208 


Diamine  Jet  Black  00 

aftertreated  with 
bichrome 

5 % 6% 


IT— IT  I. 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
in  normal  soap 
washing,  and 
is  only  slight- 
ly stained  in 
more  severe 
washing. 


Ill— IV. 


Deep  shades 
are  not 
changed  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o ; 

light  shades 
turn  a 

trace  redder. 


Same  as 
Diamineral 
Black. 


ir— hi. 


ii— hi. 


The  shades  are 


not  altered  by| 


acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


209 

Primuline 

aftertreated  with 
chloride  of  lime 

3%  6% 


Normal  soap 
washing  leaves 
the  shade  un- 
changed. White 
cotton  is  not 
stained  at  all, 
severer  soda 
washing 
staining  the 
cotton  but 
slightly. 


in. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by  acetic 
acid  50°/o  or  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


The  shade  i 
not  altered  b 
boiling  in  ai 
acid  bath. 

White  wool 
is  but  slightl 
stained. 


'C 


WITH  METALLIC  SALTS. 


73 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


In  light 
shades 

ir— nr, 

in  dark 
shades 

TV. 


Withstands 

normal  

stoving  very 
well. 

In  light 
shades 

TIT, 

in  dark 
shades 

TV— V. 


Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


The  fastness  to  washing  and  milling  of  the 
D iamineral  Black  brands  is  very  good ; 
Diamineral  Black  6B  is  moreover  parti- 
cularly fast  to  light.  All  the  different  brands, 


besides  for  milling  goods,  are  used  very 


largely  also  for  piece-goods.  They  also  find 
a special  use  as  a bottom  for  one-bath 
aniline  black  or  for  oxidation  black,  because 
by  topping  with  these  dyes  they  can  be  fixed 
with  good  fastness  to  washing. 

Diamineral  Blach  jB 
is  a brand  standing  in  shade  between 
Diamineral  Black  B and  CB. 


Applicable 
for  coloured 
discharging. 


III. 


Withstands 
normal 
3toving  very 
well. 


II. 


The  Diamine  Jet  Black  brands  are  used 
for  blacks  of  good  fastness  to  washing  on 
loose  cotton,  weaving  and  sewing  yarns 
and  for  mercerised  piece-goods,  for  which 
Diamine  Jet  Black  Cr  and  SS  come  parti- 
cularly into  consideration  on  account  of 
their  fine  blue-black  shade. 

Other  brands  of  the  kind  are  the 
following. 

Diamine  Jet  Black  ItB 

„ „ „ Cr  and  Cr  cone. 

„ „ „ oooo 

„ „ „ M. 


Withstands 
rmal  stoving 
rery  well. 


IV— V. 

Resists  a 
treatment  in  a 

Primuline  aftertreated  with  chloride  of 
lime  serves  for  the  production  of  cheap 
bright  yellow  and  orange  shades  of  very 

normal  chlorine 

good  fastness. 

bath  very  well. 

The  shades  also  resist  acid  cross-dyeing 
for  union  dyeing. 

10 


III. 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 

AFTERTREATED  WITH  FORMALDEHYDE. 


10* 


76 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeint 


210 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Orange  G 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

1Vj%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  by 
light  shades, 
and  slightly  so 
by  deeper 
shades. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
altered 

considerably  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


211 


Diamine  Fast  Orange  ER  pat. 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

1%%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Orange  G. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


Diamine  Fast  Brown  G pat. 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

iy2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Orange  G. 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid  50% 
and  is  but 
slightly  affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Brown  R 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

iy2%  3% 


ii. 


214 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Brown  VS 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

1V6%  3% 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Orange  G; 
in  the  case  of 
deep  shades 
likewise  very 
good. 


Acetic  acid  50°/o 
renders 
the  shade 
somewhat  more 
bluish. 


ii. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Brown  R. 


215 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Blue  B 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

iy3%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Orange  G. 


II— III. 


Acetic  acid  50°/o 
renders 
the  shade 
very  slightly 
more  reddish. 


WITH  FORMALDEHYDE. 


77 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
spears  slight- 
ly more 
ellowish  after 
he  washing. 

I. 

— 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Orange  G,  when  after- 
treated  with  formaldehyde,  yields  a very 
bright  Orange  of  relatively  good  fastness 
to  washing.  The  product  may  likeivise  be 
used  for  shading  the  various  yellow-brown 
and  mode  shades. 

Withstands 
normal 
stoving  well. 

m. 

— 

In  light  shades 
easily 

dischargeable, 
in  mediu  m ami 
deep  shades 
only  suited 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

Behaves  similarly  to  Diamine  Aldehyde 
Orange  G,  but  possesses  considerably 
superior  fastness  to  light. 
Diamine  Fast  Orange  EG 
is  a further,  more  yellowish  brand. 

Withstands 
normal 
storing  very 
ell  the  shade 
turning 
iflingly  more 
yellowish. 

hi. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Fast  Orange  ER. 

Diamine  Fast  Broivn  G and  the  more 
reddish  brand 
Diamine  Fast  Brown  It 
behave  in  the  formaldehyde  aftertreatment 
similarly  to  the  Diamine  Fast  Orange 
brands,  and  are  used  for  producing  bright 
shades  of  Brown. 

Withstands 
normal 
toving  very 
well. 

ii— hi. 

— 

Applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 

Both  the  Diamine  Aldehyde  Brown  brands, 
when  aflertreated  with  formaldehyde,  show 
very  good  fastness  to  washing,  and  may  be 
applied  for  the  production  of  browns  fast 
to  washing  and  milling  on  loose  cotton, 
yarn  and  piece-goods. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Brown  R. 

ii— hi. 

— 

Vithstands 
normal 
oving  very 
well. 

Ill— IV. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Blue  B is  in  fastness  to 
washing  egual  to  the  Diamineral  Blue 
brands  aftertreated  with  metallic  salts 
(page  7 0)  and  is  of  particular  importance 
for  machine-dyeing. 

.. 


78 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


216 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  B cone, 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 


1%  4% 


217 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  BB  cone. 

aftertreated  witli  formaldehyde 


II— III. 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  even 
by  Black. 


Light  shades 
only  are  very 
slightly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/0. 


The  shades 
withstand  acid 
boiling  well; 
white  cotton 
is  stained  but 
little. 


1%  4% 


218 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  FG  cone. 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 


219 

Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  FB  cone. 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 


ii— m. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Black  B cone. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Black  B cone, 
and  BB  cone. 


Similar  to 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
Black  B cone, 
and  BB  cone. 


220 

Diamine  Fast  Black  X 


aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 


221 

Diamine  Fast  Black  C high  cone. 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light 
►shades  and  is 
only  slightly 
stained  by 
Black. 


III. 


The  shades  are 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  %. 


The  shades  are 
altered  to  a 
very  slight 
degree  only  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


WITH  FORMALDEHYDE. 


79 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

IV. 

Withstand 

Aftertreated  with  formaldehyde,  the 
Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  brands  yield 
shades  of  very  good  fastness  to  washing, 
• light  and  hot  pressing,  and  are  employed 
for  the  production  of  Black  on  better-class 
cotton  goods  particularly  in  the  sewing 
yarn  industry. 

. 

stoving  well. 

IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Aldehyde 
lack  B cone, 
nd  BB  cone. 

IV— V. 

— 

Easily 

The  two  new  Diamine  Aldehyde  Black 
brands  yield  deeper  and  finer  Blacks  than 
the  older  brands;  their  fastness  to  light 
— especially  that  of  Diamine  Aldehyde 
Black  FB  — is  also  superior.  Like  the  older 
brands,  they  come  into  consideration  for 
all  kinds  of  better-class  cotton  goods. 

IV— V. 

— 

dischargeable. 

Withstand 
' normal 
oving  well. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

The  shades  when  aftertreated  with  form- 
aldehyde are  but  shghtly  inferior  in  fast- 
ness to  washing  to  the  Diamine  Aldehyde 
Black  brands;  Diamine  Fast  Black  X is 
somewhat  superior  to  the  latter  in  fastness 
to  light.  They  yield  very  bright  Blue-black 

IV— V. 

— 

shades  and  are  used  for  the  same  purposes 
as  the  Diamine  Aldehyde  Black  brands. 
Further  brands  are  the  following: 

Diamine  Fast  Black  XN  extra  cone. 

„ „ ,,  CB  high  con. 

,,  „ „ GV  extra  cone. 

80 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  AFTERTREATED 


Name  of  Dyestuff 

Fastness 
to  Washing 

Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  US 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

1%  5% 


223 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  UI 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 
1%  5% 


I— II. 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light 
shades,  and 
is  but 

very  slightly 
stained  by 
deep  ones. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%. 


I— II. 


Deep  shades  are 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  %, 

light  shades 
becoming 
slightly  redder. 


The  shades 
withstand 
boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath  well; 
white  wool 
is  but  slight], 
stained. 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  JE 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 
1%  5% 


Oxy  Diamine  Black  JB 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 

1%  5% 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Black 

US  and  UI. 


I— IT. 


I— II. 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Black  US. 


226 


Para  Diamine  Black  BB 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 
1%  5% 


227 


Para  Diamine  Black  FFB  extra  cone. 

aftertreated  with  formaldehyde 
0.5%  2.5% 


I— II. 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light 
shades,  and 
is  but  very 
slightly 
stained 
by  deep  ones. 


i— n. 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Black  US. 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Black  US. 


V 


WITH  FORMALDEHYDE. 


81 


Fastness 
o Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Withstands 
normal 
oving  well. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  shades,  when  aftertreated  with  form- 
aldehyde, possess  very  good  fastness  to 
washing,  milling  and  acids.  They  are  used 
principally  for  union  goods. 

The  following  are  brands  of  higher  concen- 
tration: 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  US  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ UI  extra  cone. 

Same  as 
ry  Diamine 
Black  US. 

IV. 

ter  normal 
toving  and 
thorough 
insing  the 
ade  appears 
-dly  altered. 

IV— V. 

The  aftertreated  shades  posses  approx- 
imately the  same  fastness  as  the  afore- 
mentioned ones,  and  are  somewhat  brighter. 
Further  brands,  the  fastness  to  washing  of 
which  may  be  enhanced  by  a treatment 
with  formaldehyde,  are  the  following: 
Oxy  Diamine  Black  JET 
„ ,,  ,,  JET  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ JE  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ JB  extra  cone. 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JET 
„ ..  „ JB. 

Same  as 
y Diamine 
Hack  JE. 

V. 

— 

Same  as 
V Diamine 
‘•lack  US. 

IV. 

The  Para  Diamine  Black  brands,  like  the 
Oxy  Diamine  Black  brands  are  used  chiefly 
for  cheap  goods;  they  yield  black  shades 
of  a full,  blue  cast,  and  are  superior  to  the 
afore-named  products  in  fastness  to  acids. 
The  following  brands  are  likewise  suited 
for  aftertreatment  with  formaldehyde: 
Para  Diamine  Black  B and  B extra  cone. 

„ „ „ BB  extra  cone. 

„ „ „ BF  extra  cone. 

„ „ ,,  FFB  high  cone. 

lame  as 
*7  Diamine 
jlack  US. 

IV. 

11 


IV. 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 
DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


11* 


84 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Washing  to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


228 

Primuline* 


1)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
4%  6% 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
at  all  by  light 
shades  and 
but  slightly 
by  deep  ones. 


I. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


No  change  on 
boiling  In  an 
acid  bath. 
Light  shades 
do  not  bleed 
on  to  the 
wool,  deep 
shades  but 
slightly. 


229 


2)  developed  with  Bordeaux  Developer 
4%  6% 


230 


j)  developed  with  Kesorcine 
4%  6% 


231 


4)  developed  with  Phenol 

4%  6% 


232 

Diamine  Azo  Orange  RR  pat.* 


developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


233 

Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  A* 


developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


* Primuline,  developed  with  Yellow  Developer  C, 


The  shade  is  of 
somewhat 
better 
fastness  to 
washing  than 
that  developed 
with 

Beta  Naphtol. 


Somewhat 
inferior  to  the 
shade 

developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  more 
J.  brownish  by 

acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Same  as 
the  shades 
* developed 
with  Beta 
Naphtol. 


I. 


Same  as 
the  shade 
developed 
with  Beta 
Naphtol. 


Same  as  the 
shade 

developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


IV. 


Inferior  to  the 
shade 

developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Primuline 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


i— ii. 


The  shade  is 
but  slightly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
5<)0/o  and  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Same  as 
Primuline 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
slightly  more 
yellowish  by 
acetic  acid 


Considerably 
better  than 
Primuline 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


Similar  to 
Primuline 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


50  °/o. 


yields  a very  bright  Yellow  of  good  fastness  to  acid  boiling, 
somewhat  brighter  and  more  yellowish 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED 


85 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

I Remarks 

II 

Developed 
Primuline 
shades  all 
isist  normal 
itoving  very 
well. 

IV. 

The  shade 
withstands 
a short 
treatment  in 
weak  chlorine 
baths. 



Developed  Primuline  Red  is  used  as  a Red 
fast  to  washing  and  acids,  particularly  in 
the  dyeing  of  hanks,  cops  and  warps. 

By  aftertreating  with  copper  sulphate,  a 
Claret  Red  is  obtained,  which  is  a trifle 
duller  in  shade,  but  very  good  in  fastness 
to  light. 

Ill— IV. 

Same  as  the 
shade  developed 
with  Beta 
Naphtol. 

The  bright  Claret  shade  obtained,  which 
possesses  good  fastness  to  washing  and 
acids,  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  the 
shade  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol. 

IV— V. 

— 

— 

Shades  developed  with  Resorcine  and  Phenol 
are  used  in  special  cases  only,  particularly 
for  effect  threads  fast  to  acids. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

sist  normal 
oving  well. 

-< 

II. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Employed  for  the  production  of  clear  bright 
orange  shades  on  loose  material,  yarn,  and 
warps  for  union  goods. 

The  shade  which  is  developed  with  Yellow 
Developer  C is  more  yellowish  and 
possesses  about  the  same  properties  of 
fastness. 

I. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

The  shade  is  considerably  brighter  than 
Primuline  Red,  and  also  possesses  good, 
fastness  to  washing  and  acids. 

A somewhat  more  bluish  brand: 

Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  B. 

l eas  Diamine  Azo  Orange  RR  and  the  Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  brands,  developed  with  the  same  Developer,  yield 
I ea  than  by  developing  with  Beta  Naphtol. 

I 


86 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


234 


Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  4B  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtul 

3 % 4 % 


Same  as 
i Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  A. 


I— II. 


Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  2BL  extra  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
3%  4% 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%,  and  is  but 
little  affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


The  shade  is 
fast  to 
acid  boiling 
and  behaves 
similarly  to 
Primuline  Red 


Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  4BL  extra  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

3%  4% 


237 


Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  6BL  extra  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

3%  4% 


Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  8B  extra  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

3%  4% 


239 


Diamine  Azo  Bordeaux  B 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

3%  4% 


II. 


Superior  in 
this  respect 
to  Diamine 
Azo  Scarlet 
4 B. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  4BL 
extra. 


ii. 


n. 


n. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  4B. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  4B. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  4B. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  4B;  by 
dilute  hydro 
chloric  acid  the 
shade  is  altered 
to  a hardly 
perceptible 
degree. 


The  shade  is 
hardly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%. 


Of  very  goo( 
fastness  to 
acid  boiling; 
rather 

better  in  thi: 
respect  than 
Primuline 
Red. 


An  aftertreatment  with  copper  sulphate  renders  the  shades  of  i 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


87 


Fastness 
o Stovlng 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


III. 


Easily 

dischargeable. 


Vithstand 
normal 
stoving 
ery  well. 


V. 


IV 


III. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  !,B  and  the  more 
bluish  brand 
Diamine  Abo  Scarlet  SB 
are  superior  in  strength  to  Diamine  Azo 
Scarlet  A;  they  combine  a bright  shade 
with  very  good  fastness  to  washing 
and  acids. 

With  Yellow  Developer  C somewhat  more 
yellowish  and  brighter  shades  are  obtained. 
Further  brands  of  the  same  group: 
Diamine  Abo  Scarlet  It  and 
Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  KHO. 


III. 


III. 


The  shade 
resists  a 
light  chloring 
process  of 
short  duration. 


Light  shades 
easily 

dischargeable, 
deep  shades 
applicable  for 
coloured  dis- 
charging only. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


The  Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  “extra”  brands 
yield  shades  which  in  fastness  to  washing 
are  superior  to  those  of  the  other  brands; 
in  fastness  to  light  they  are  also  somewhat 
better. 

Their  very  good  solubility  is  of  particular 
importance,  so  that  they  come  in  the  first 
place  into  consideration  for  machine- 
dyeing. 

Somewhat  more  yellowish  and  brighter 
shades  of  scarlet  are  obtained  by  developing 
with  Yellow  Developer  C. 


Yields  a bright  bluish  claret  of  very  good 
fastness  to  washing  and  acids;  used  for 
self  shades,  and  also  for  shading  the 
Diamine  Azo  Scarlet  brands. 


inline  Azo  Scarlet  brands  faster  to  light  and  slightly  duller. 


88 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyein 


240 

Diamine  Brown  M 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

1%%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  by 
deep  shades. 


I— II. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
somewhat 
more  blackish. 


241 

Diamine 


Brown  V 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

1 Vilo 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  M. 


i— ii. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%. 


242 

Diamine  Brown  S 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

1%%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Brown  M. 


i— ii. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


243 

Cotton  Brown  N 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

2%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained. 


i— ii. 


The  shade  is 
hardly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  %. 


244 

Cotton  Brown  A 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


Same  as 
Cotton 
Brown  N. 


i— ii. 


Same  as 
Cotton 
Brown  N. 


245 

Diamine  Cutch 

diazotised  and  boiled  with  soda 

3%  5% 


Very  good. 
White  cotton 
is  only  very 
slightly  stained 
even  in  more 
severe  washing. 


II. 


Same  as 
Cotton 
Brown  N. 


When  boile 
with  wool 
in  an  acid 
bath,  the  sin* 
turns  only 
very  slight! 
paler;  whit 
wool  is  bu 
little  staine 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


89 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyralditi 


Remarks 


J U.  Easily 

dischargeable. 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


II. 


Easily 

dischargeable. 


Ill— IV. 


Easily 

dischargeable. 


Developed  with  Beta  Naphtol,  they  yield 
brown  shades  of  good  fastness  to  washing 
and  milling,  which  are  of  special  interest 
for  cheap  goods. 

By  developing  with  Phenylene  Diamine, 
more  yellowish  shades  are  produced. 


The  shade 
when  well 
vashed  after 
the  stoving 
• but  slightly 
altered. 


IV. 


In  light 
shades  easily 
dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades 
applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 


Same  as 
Cotton 
Brown  X. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Cotton 
Brown  N. 


The  products  are  mostly  used  in  combin- 
ation with  Diamine  Brown  M,  V and  S 
for  dyeing  medium  brown  shades  on  cheap 
goods. 

By  developing  with  Phenylene  Diamine, 
slightly  more  covered  shades  of  brown  arc 
obtained. 


Same  as 
Cotton 
Brown  X. 


Ill— IV 


By  healing  the  diazotised  dyeings  with  soda. 
Applicable  for  yellowish  brown  shades  of  very  good  fast- 

coloured  ness  to  washing  are  obtained,  and  by  de tie- 

discharging  loping  with  Fast  Blue  Developer  AD,  deep 
only.  j yellowish  brown  shades  of  comparatively 
good  fastness  to  light  result. 


12 


90 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cposs-Dyeini 


246 


Diaminogene  Sky  Blue  N 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light  shades 
and  but  slightly 
so  by  deep  ones. 


III. 


Acetic  acid  50% 
turns  the  shade 
more  reddish; 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  but 
imperceptibly 
alters  them. 


When  boiled 
in  an  acid  bat 
the  shade  is 
not  altered, 
and  white  wo< 
is  but  slight  1. 
stained. 


247 


Diaminogene  Blue  BB 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

2%  3% 


Only  slightly 
inferior  to 
Diaminogene 
Sky  Blue. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Sky  Blue  N. 


248 


Diaminogene  Blue  NB  pat. 

developed,  with  Beta  Naphtol 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light 
shades,  even  in 
severe  washing, 
and  only 
slightly  so  by 
deep  ones. 


Diaminogene  Blue  NA  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

2%  3% 


250 

Diaminogene  Blue  3RN  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


Diaminogene  Blue  6RN  pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


Of  the  various 
diazotised 
Blues,  these 
three 

possess  the 
best  fastness 
to  washing. 
White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  even 
by 

deep  shades. 


Ill— IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade  more 
reddish. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Sky  Blue  N. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Sky  Blue  N. 


Ill—  IV. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Blue  NB. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  on 
boiling  in  a 
acid  batli,  ai 
white  wool 
but  slightl; 
stained. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


91 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 


Ill— IV. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


ii— hi. 


n— in. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Sky  Blue  N. 


The  shade 
withstands 
a short 
treatment  in 
a weak  chlorine 
bath. 


Distinguished  for  its  specially  bright  and 
pure  shade.  The  comparatively  good  fast- 
ness to  acids  is  favourable  to  its  use  for 
the  dyeing  of  warps  or  effect  yarns  fast 
to  acids. 

Diaminogene  Sky  Blue  3 B 

is  another , slightly  more  brilliant  and  more 
reddish  brand. 


Ill— IV 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Blue  NB. 


II— III. 


Very  easily 
dischargeable. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Blue  NB. 


hi. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
Blue  NB. 


The  Diaminogene  Blue  brands  range  among 
the  most  important  developing  colours,  and 
are  extensively  used  for  the  production  of 
indigo  and  navy  blue  shades  of  good  fast- 
ness to  washing  and  light  for  all  kinds  of 
cotton  goods,  but  principally  for  the  cotton 
hosiery  trade,  and  for  machine-dyeing. 
They  are  further  most  extensively  used  in 
printing  for  the  production  of  the  favourite 
blue-and-white  discharge  style. 

For  warps  fast  to  acids,  the  brands  NB,  NA, 
SRN  and  6RN  can  be  used,  as  also 
Diaminogene  Blue  eRN. 

Tivo  further  brands  in  the  market  are 
Diaminogene  Blue  G 
and  the  deeper 
Diaminogene  Dark  Blue. 


12* 


92 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


252 


Diamine  Azo  Blue  R 

developed  with  Beta  Kaphtol 

2%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  by 
light  shades 
and  but  slightly 
by  deep  ones. 


II— III. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
somewhat 
more  reddish; 

by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  they  are 
but  little 
altered. 


253 


Diamine  Azo  Blue  RR 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


256 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


Diamine  Heliotrope  G pat. 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

2%  3% 


Approximately 
the  same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


Diamine  Heliotrope  B 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


Oxy  Diamine  Violet  BF 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

3% 


257 

Diamine  Blue  BB 

developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  RR. 


Very  good. 
White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained  even 
by  deep  shades. 


n— in. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  b? 
acid  boiling; 
white  wool  is 
but  slightly 
stained. 


ii— in. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


Not  quite  so 
good  as 
Diamine 
Heliotrope  G 
in  this  respec 


II— III. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


A little  bette 
than  Diamine 
Heliotrope  G 
in  this  respec 


ii— in. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


93 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

Withstands 
rmal  stoving 
very  well. 

III. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Developed  with  Beta  Naplitol,  these  pro- 
ducts serve  principally  for  the  production 
of  bright  reddish  shades  of  Navy  Blue 
possessing  good  fastness  to  washing,  as  also 
for  shading  the  afore-mentioned  Diamin- 
ogene  Blue  brands. 

Further  brands: 

Diamine  Asso  Blue  OB 
,,  ,,  „ No  51 

« n n No  54. 

Same  as 
•famine  Azo 
Blue  R. 

m. 

— 

In  light  shades, 
easily 

dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades, 
applicable 
for  coloured 
discharging 
only. 

Same  as 
•iamine  Azo 
Blue  R. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  RR. 

The  Diamine  Heliotrope  brands  yield 
somewhat  more  covered  shades  than  the 
Diamine  Azo  Blues,  with  which  they  are 
on  a level  as  regards  fastness  to  washing 
and  light.  In  fastness  to  acid  boiling  they 
are  superior,  and  may  be  used  for  the 
dyeing  of  warps  fast  to  acids. 

Diamine  Heliotrope  O 
is  a further  brand  possessing  the  same 
properties. 

The  shade 
when  well 
ashed  after 
ving  appears 
but  very 
j;htly  altered. 

III. 

Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  RR. 

nly  a little 
nferior  to 
Diamine 
eliotrope  R 
> this  respect. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Diamine  Azo 
Blue  RR. 

Used  particularly  for  the  production  of  deep 
navy  blue  shades,  and  counts  among  the 
best  blue  dyestuffs  for  fastness  to  washing. 
Developed  with  Alpha  Naphtol,  the  dyestuff 
yields  more  reddish  blues. 

n— hi. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Used  specially  for  the  production  of  grey 
shades  of  good  fastness  to  washing. 

A more  greenish  brand: 

Diamine  Blue  jB. 

. 

u 

94 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyei 


258 

Diaminogene  B 

i)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

4%  5% 


260 


j)  developed  with  Resorcine 


261 

Diaminogene  extra 

l)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

4%  5% 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

4%  5% 


j)  developed  with  Resorcine 

4%  5% 


III— IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
either  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  or  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained,  even 
by  deep 
shades. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as  when 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50°/o,  and  is  only 
slightly  affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Boiled  in 
acid  batl 
the  shad< 
become  or 
just  a tra 
lighter  ar 
white  woi 
is  but  sligh 
stained. 


IV. 


Not  quite 
equal  to 
Diaminogene 
B. 


IV. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 

B. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED 


95 


Fastness 
o Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

R 

withstands 
■mal  stoving 
veil;  after 


em  arks 


>eing  well  IT  I. 

rashed  the 
shade  is 
dlj  altered. 


Withstands 

■mal  stoving  1^  — ^ • 
very  well. 


me  as  when 
eloped  with 
’henylene 
Diamine. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
iaminogene 
B. 


Easily 


dischargeable. 

1 

rv— V. 

HI— IV. 

— 

The  principal  brand,  D iaminogene  B,  yields 
a line  and  full  shade  of  Black  similar  to 
aniline  oxidation  black;  Diaminogene  extra 
yields  more  bluish  shades. 

Both  brands  are  used  most  extensively  in 
yarn  and  piece  dyeing,  and  have  become 
introduced  in  a very  remarkable  manner 
in  the  sewing  cotton  industry,  in  the  dyeing 
of  better-class  linings,  velveteens,  cotton 
hosiery,  and  for  machine-dyeing. 

For  print  styles  Diaminogene  B is  likewise 
very  extensively  used  by  reason  of  its  easy 
dischargeability. 

For  matching  aniline  oxidation  black,  a 
mixture  of  Plienylene  Diamine  and  Resor- 
cine  has,  in  addition  to  Vhenylcne  Diamine 
by  itself,  proved  very  advantageous. 
Further  brands  belonging  to  this  series  are 
the  following: 

Diaminogene  BR 
„ B W 

„ CCL. 


96 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


264 

Diamine  Neron  BB 

1)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
4%  5% 


2)  developed  with 

Phetiylene  Diamine  Powder 


3)  developed  with  Resorcine 
4%  5% 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


III— IV, 


White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained  even 
by  deep 
shades. 


Ill— IV. 


Ill— IV. 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


The  shades  are 
not  altered 
either  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  or  by 
acetic  acid 

500/c. 


When  boiled 
in  an  acid  bath 
the  shades 
turn  just  a 
trace  lighter 
white  wool 
is  but  slightl. 
stained. 


267 


Diamine  Neron  BBG 

1)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
4%  5% 


268 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Pozodcr 

4%  5% 


3)  developed  with  Resorcine 


4% 


PC  n/ 
O /O 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Neron  BB. 


Ill— IV. 


in— IV. 


Same  as 
Diamine 


III— IV. 


Only  very 
slightly 
inferior  to 
Diamine 
Neron  BB. 


3IAZ0TISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


97 


Fastness 
) Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

IV. 

Withstand 
normal 
storing 
very  well. 

V. 

— 

V. 

Easily 

7 he  Diamine  Neron  brands  correspond  in 
their  properties  with  the  Diaminogene 
brands,  and  offer  the  advantage  that  the 
Blacks  obtained  are  richer  and  bluer  in  shade, 
as  is  frequently  desired.  The  products  are 

IV. 

dischargeable. 

used  especially  for  the  dyeing  of  stockings 
and  hosiery  goods,  and  further  for  better- 
class  dress  material,  linings,  velveteens  etc. 
They  are  moreover  very  well  suited  for 
discharge  styles. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
eron  BB. 

V. 

— 

V. 

— 

13 


98 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeir 


Oxy  Diaminogene  OB 

l ) developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
4%  5% 


2)  dez'cloped  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
4%  5% 


j)  developed  with  Resorcine 
40 


Same  as 
Diaminogene 
B. 


III. 


III. 


III. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  at  all 
by  acetic  acid 
50'°/o,  and  are 
hardly 
affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


When  boile 
in  an  acid  ba 
the  shades 
are  hardly 
altered,  an 
white  woo 
is  but  slight 
stained. 


273 


Oxy  Diaminogene  OT 

l)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
4%  5% 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
4%  5% 


275 


j)  developed  with  Resorcine 
4%  5% 


Similar  to  Oxy 
Diaminogene 
OB. 


II— III. 


II— III. 


II— III. 


Similar  to  Oxy 
. Diaminogene 
OB. 


Same  as  0: 
Diaminogei 
OB. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


99 


Fastness 
o Stoving 

Fastness 

Fastness 

to  * . 

u _ to  Chlormg 

Hot  Pressing 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

IV.  — 

Withstand 

toving  very 

iv-v. 

well. 

Of  these  Oxy  Diciminocjene  brands,  “OB”, 

1 \ — V . — 

when  developed  with  Phony lene  Diamine, 

yields  a very  fine,  full  Blue-black,  “OT” 

on  the  other  hand  deeper  and  more  covered 

shades.  Both  brands  possess  good  fastness 

to  washing,  and  are  employed  principally 

Easily 

for  cheap  staple  goods,  yarn,  hosiery  and 

dischargeable. 

piece-goods.  They  are  very  extensively 

used  in  the  production  of  discharge  styles. 

Further  brands: 

Oxy  Diaminogene  OBB 

„ „ OT  extra 

IV.  — 

„ „ o V. 

IV. 

lilar  to  Oxy 

aminogene 

— 

OB. 

IV—  V.  — 

• 

13* 


100 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 


Cross-Dyeini 


276 


Oxy  Diaminogene  FFN 


i)  developed  with  Beta  Nahhtol 
4%  5% 


277 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

4%  57, 


IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  changed 
by  acetic  acid 
503/o  and  but 
little  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Neron  BB. 


IV. 


The  shade 
is  not 

changed  either 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


By  boiling  i 
acid  baths 
their  shade 
not  changed 
and  white 
wool  is  onl. 
slightly 
stained. 


Oxy  Diaminogene  ED 

i)  developed  with  Beta  Nahhtol 

4%  5% 


Not  quite  so 
good  as  Oxy 
Diaminogene 
FFN  developed 
with  Beta 
Naphtol  or 
Phenylene 
Diamine. 


IV. 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
4%  5% 


| Somewhat 
||  better  than 
when  developed 
I with  Beta 
Naphtol. 


Oxy  Diaminogene  EM 

i)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

4%  5% 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

4%  5% 


Similar  to 
Oxy 

Diaminogene 

ED. 


IV 


The  shades 
are  not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  and 
are  hardly 
affected  by 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Not  quite  s' 
good  as 
Oxy- 

Diaminogen 

FFN. 


Ill— IV. 


Ill— IV. 


Similar  to 
Oxy 

Diaminogene 

ED. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED 


101 


Fastness 
o Stoving 


Withstand 
normal 
toving  very 
well. 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring  v 

IV— V. 

V. 

— 

Discharges 


Remarks 


Easily 

dischargeable. 


Oxy  Diaminogene  FFX,  like  Diaminogene  11 
and  Diamine  Neron  DB,  belong  to  the  most 
important  developing  Blacks. 
Developed  with  Phenylene  Diamine,  it 
yields  a very  fine  shade  of  bluish  Black, 
good  in  fastness  to  washing  and  light. 
Another  advantage  of  this  brand  is,  that 
its  direct  shade  is  already  black.  Parti- 
cularly in  the  dyeing  of  cotton  hosiery,  the 
“FFN”,  like  the  above-mentioned  products, 
is  extensively  used. 


•Vithstand 
normal 
oving  very 
well. 


IV. 


'ithstand 
normal 
•ring  very 
well. 


In  light 
shades  easily 
dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades 
applicable  for 
coloured 
discharges 
only. 


The  two  products  yield  full  neutral  shades 
of  black,  and  have  become  very  well  intro- 
duced more  particularly  for  the  dyeing  of 
mercerised  yarns  and  piece-goods. 


102 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeii 


282 

Diamine  Black  BH 

i)  developed  with  Beta  Nnhlitol 


283 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

3%  4% 


White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  in 
severe 
washing. 


II  — III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%,  and 
is  hardly 
affected  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by  acetic 
acid  50%  or  by 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


When  boil' 
in  an  aci( 
bath,  the 
shade  is  n 
altered,  aD 
white  wool 
only  slight 
stained. 


284 

Diamine  Black  RO 

i)  developed  with  Beta  Nahhtol 

3%  4% 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
3%  4% 


II— III. 


Somewhat 
superior  to 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%,  and  is  but 
slightly  affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine 
Black  BH. 

The  shade  is 
not  altered 

ii— m. 

either  by  acetic 
acid  50%  or  by 
hydrochloric 
acid. 

Similar  to 
Diamine 
Black  BH. 


280 


Diamine  Azo  Black  B 

i)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

3% 


2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

3%  4% 


II— III. 


Just  a trifle 
inferior  to 
Diamine 
Black  BH. 


II— III. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  either 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  or  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


Somewhat 
superior  if 
anything  tc 
Diamine 
Black  BII. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


103 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness  Discharges 
to  Chloring  with  Hyraldite 


Remarks 


The  shade 
when  well 
washed  after 
toving  appears 
omewhat  more 
greenish. 


Withstands 
ormal  stoving 
very  well. 


Same  as 
iamine  Black 
111  developed 
with  Beta 
N’aphtol. 


Same  as 
amine  Black 
H developed 
th  Phenylen< 
Diamine. 


Ill— IV 


Easily 
> dischargeable, 


IV. 


Diamine  Black  BII,  developed  with  Beta 
Naphtol  or  Phcnylene  Diamine,  serves  for 
producing  bluish  black  and  deep  shades  of 
Black  possessing  relatively  good  fastness 
to  washing , acids  and  hot  pressing,  and  is 
used  particularly  for  cheap  goods. 

A special  advantage  of  Diamine  Black  BH 
is  that  it  dyes  the  cotton  portion  only  of 
union  goods,  which  for  this  reason  are 
frequently  dyed  first  with  Diamine  Black 
BH,  then  diazot  ised  and  developed,  and 
finally  wool-dyed  in  an  acid  bath.  Other 
similar  brands,  varying  only  slightly  in 
shade,  are  the  following: 

Diamine  Black  BIIN,  BIIR,  BUS  cone., 
BIIF,  BIIF  cone . 


II— III. 


IV. 

IV— V. 

— 

IV— V. 

1 

In  light 
shades  easily 
dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades 
applicable 
for  coloured  j 
discharging 
only. 


Diamine  Black  RO  approaches  Diaynine 
Black  BH  very  closely  in  its  properties, 
but  is  of  a considerably  deeper  shade. 
Diamine  Black  ROO 
is  another,  concentrated  product. 

More  bluish  tones  are  obtained  with 
Diamine  Black  is  if. 


rhe  shades 
when 

ell  washed 
ter  stoving 
*re  hardly 
noticeably 
altered. 


Easily 


Diamine  Azo  Black  B,  especially  when 
developed  with  Phenylene  Diamine,  yields 
u very  covered  shade  of  Black,  which  is 
applied  for  cheap  goods  in  particular, 

> especially  for  loose  cotton,  goods  to  he 
milled,  and  also  for  warps  fast  to  acids. 
A brand  dyeing  a still  deeper  shade  of 
Black  is 

Diamine  Azo  Black  R, 


104 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


288 

Diamine  Black  DB 


i)  developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

4%  5% 


289 

2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 

4%  5% 


290 

Diamine  Black  DN 


l ) developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 


291 

2)  developed  with 

Phenylene  Diamine  Powder 
4%  5% 


292 

Diamine  Beta  Black  B 


developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 
4%  6% 


293 

Diamine  Blue  Black  E 


developed  with  Beta  Naphtol 

2%  3% 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyein 


White  cotton 
is  but 
slightly 
stained  even 
in  severe 
washing. 


Same  as 
Diamine  Black 
DB. 


III. 


i ir— IV 


The  shades 
are  not  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50°/o  and  are 
hardly  at  all 
affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


III. 


Not  quite  so 
good 

as  Diamine 
Black  DB 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


nr— IV 


The  shade  is 
not  affected 
either  by 
acetic  acid 
500/o  or  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


By  acid 
boiling  th( 
shades  art 
altered  ver 
slightly 
indeed;  whi 
wool  is  bu 
very  slightl 
stained. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine  Bla< 
DB. 


White  cotton 
is  stained 
but  very 
slightly. 


II  — III. 


The  shade  is 
not  affected 
at  all  by  acetic 
acid  50°/o,  and 
is  only 

slightly  altered 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Only  very 
[slightly  inferior 
to  Diamine 
Beta  Black  B 
developed  with 
Beta  Naphtol. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
but  very 
slightly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50°/o;  hydro- 
chloric acid 
does  not 
affect  the 
shade. 


DIAZOTISED  AND  DEVELOPED. 


105 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness  Discharges 
to  Chloring  with  Hyraldite 


Withstand 
normal 
storing  very 
well. 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


The  shade, 
vhen  well 
•shed  after 
toving,  is 
hardly 
loticeably 
altered. 


Remarks 


III— IV. 


IV— V. 


IV— V. 


V. 


Easily 

dischargeable. 


DiamineBlack  DB  and  DN  in  their  pro- 
perties closely  approach  the  Diamine  Neron 
brands  mentioned  on  pages  06  and  97. 
Developed  with  Beta  Naphtol,  they  yield 
bluish  blacks,  and  when  developed  with 
Phenylene  Diamine,  full,  bloomy  jet  blacks 
The  products  are  very  extensively  used  also 
for  the  production  of  blacks  on  velveteens. 


V. 


Easily 

dischargeable. 


he  shade, 
'hen  well 

Developed  with  Bela  Naphtol,  Diamine 

shed  after 

III. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Blue  Black  E is  used  chiefly  for  the 

oving,  is 
omewhat 

production  of  dark  blue  shades,  and  fre- 
quently for  shading  the  other  blue  and 

■e  greenish. 

black  diazotisable  products. 

Different  from  the  other  diazotisable 
Blacks,  Diamine  Beta  Black  B,  when  deve- 
loped with  Beta  Naphtol,  yields  a deep 
shade  of  Black  possessing  comparatively 
good  fastness  to  washing. 

Further  brands: 

Diamine  Beta  Black  BB 
„ „ „ BGII 

( the  latter  is  not  suitable  for  discharge 
work). 


14 


V. 


DIAMINE  COLOURS  COUPLED. 


14* 


108 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyein 


Primuline 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
4%  6% 


White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  in  the 
washing. 


I—  LI. 


The  shade  is 
hardly 

altered  at  all 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

1 % % 3 % 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Primuline. 


II— 111 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by 
acetic  acid 
50 o/o  or  by 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Orange  R pat. 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
2 % 4 % 


Same  as 
Diamine  Fast 
Yellow  A. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade  more 
yellowish. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
when  boiled 
in  an  acid  batl 
white  wool  uc 
being  stained  b 
light  shades, 
and  by 
deep  shades, 
but  slightly. 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Scarlet  A pat. 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

3%  5% 


Same  as 
Primuline. 


The  shade  is  i 
not  affected  | 
at  all  by 
acetic  acid 
50%,  and  is  but 
slightly  altered 
by  hydro-  j 
chloric  acid.  ! 


298 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Bordeaux  GB  pat. 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  4% 


Same  as 
Primuline. 


The  shade  is 
hardly 

altered  at  all  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


299 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Violet  R pat. 
coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  hardly  at 
all  stained 
by  light 
shades,  and  just 
triflingly  by 
deep  shades. 


ii— nr. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
somewhat 
more  reddish. 


COUPLED. 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldit 

J_ 

e Remarks 

Withstands 
ormal  stoving 
fairly  well. 

IT. 

— 

— 

Primuline,  coupled  with  Nitrazol  C,  is  used 
1 chiefly  for  shadiig  brown  mid  olive  coupled 
dyeings. 

Withstands 
.rmal  stoving 
very  well. 

Ill— IV. 

The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
paler  and 
brighter  in  a 
weak  chlorine 
bath. 

— 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  A,  coupled  with 
Nitrazol  C,  is  generally  given  the  prefe- 
rence over  Primuline  owing  to  its  superior 
fastness  to  light  and  washing,  principally 
for  yelloiv  shades,  but  also  for  shading 
brown  and  olive  tones. 

Another  brand: 

Diamine  Fast  Yellow  AR. 

Tie  shade  is 

rendered 
newhat  more 
greenish  by 
stoving. 

IV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Used  for  the  production  of  bright  orange 
shades,  and  further  for  shading  Browns. 

he  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
latter  and 
bluer  by 
stoving. 

m. 

— 

1 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  coupled  scarlet  shades,  although  not 
possessing  quite  the  same  good  fastness  to 
leashing  as  diazotised  and  developed  shades, 
come  into  consideration  when  better  fast- 
ness to  washing  is  desired  than  obtained 
with  direct  Reds. 

'ithstands 
nat  stoving 
ery  well. 

II. 

Withstands 
a short 
treatment  in 
a weak 
chlorine  bath. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable.  ! 

Used  principally  for  the  production  of 
claret  shades,  or,  in  combination  with 
Diamine  Nitrazol  Scarlet  A,  for  deep  shades 
of  Red. 

ithstands 
lal  stoving 
?ry  well. 

III. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Suited  for  full  shades  of  Violet,  and  used 
also  for  saddening  claret  shades  in  com- 
bination with  Diamine  Nitrazol  Bordeaux 
GB. 

110 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeii 


Oxy  Diamine  Orange  G 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


301 


Oxy  Diamine  Orange  R 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


Cotton  Brown  N 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


303 


Cotton  Brown  A 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2% 


Oxy  Diamine  Brown  G 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


Oxy  Diamine  Brown  RN 

collided  with  Nitrazol  C 
2%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  at  all 
by  light  shades 
and  only 
slightly  so  by 
deep  ones. 


Somewhat 
better  in  this 
respect  than 
Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  G. 


Not  equal  in 
this  respect 
to  Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  R. 
White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  by  light 
as  well  as  by 
deep  shades. 


Same  as 
Cotton  Brown 
N. 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
at  all  by  light 
shades  and 
is  but  very 
slightly  stained 
by  deep  ones. 


Not  quite  so 
good  in  this 
respect  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Brown  G. 


II. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade  more 
yellowish. 


The  shade 
not  affected 
acid  boiling 
and  white  wi 
is  but  slight 
stained. 


II. 


Same  as  Oxy 
Diamine 
Orange  G. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Oxy  Diamin 
Orange  G. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
slightly  more 
yellowish  by 
acetic  acid  50%. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat  more 
yellowish  by 
acetic  acid  50%. 


ii— in. 


ii— m. 


Same  as 
Cotton  Brown 
N. 


Same  as 
Oxy  Diamin 
Orange  G. 


Acetic  acid 
50«/o  renders 
the  shade  but 
very  slightly 
more  yellowish. 


The  shade  i 
not  altered  1 
boiling  in  a 
acid  bath; 
white  wool 
slightly  stain 


Ill 

COUPLED. 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
brighter 
by  stoving. 

II— III. 

Light  shades 
are  easily 
dischargeable 
deep  shades 
are  applicable 
for  coloured 
discharging 
only. 

The  two  brands,  when  coupled,  yield  very 
full  shades  of  Brown,  which  owing  to  their 
good  fastness  to  washing  are  frequently 
used  for  hank  dyeing  and  for  the  dyeing  of 
hosiery  goods. 

Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  G. 

II— III. 

— 

Applicable  for  : 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 

Same  as 
Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  G. 

V. 

— 

Light  shades 
are  easily 
dischargeable ; 
deep  shades  are 
applicable  for 
coloured 
discharging 
only. 

These  two  Cotton  Brown  brands  are  not 
(quite  equal  to  the  other  brown  coupling 
dyestuffs  in  fastness  to  washing,  but  yield 
deep,  full,  yellowish  brown  tones  such  as 
are  frequently  required  for  cheap  goods. 

Same  as 
)xy  Diamine 
Orange  G. 

IV— V. 

— 

Same  as 
Cotton  Brown 
N. 

After  the 
stoving  the 
shade  is  a 
little  paler 
nd  brighter. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Cotton  Brown 
N. 

The  shades  are  somewhat  more  covered  in 
shade  than  those  of  the  Oxy  Diamine 
Orange  brands,  and  are  used  for  the  same 
purposes  as  the  latter. 

Oxy  Diamine  Brown  jGN 
is  a further  brand  yielding  brighter  and 
more  yellowish  shades,  which  are  not  quite 
so  fast  to  washing  and  acids. 

After  the 
stoving  the 
9hade  is 
noticeably 
paler  and 
brighter. 

III. 

— 

Same  as 
Cotton  Brown 
N. 

112 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


306 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  GF  pat. 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


307 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  B 

coupled  witli  Nitrazol  C 

iya%  2i/2% 


308 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  BD 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

iya%  2^  % 


309 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  T 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

iya%  2y2% 


310 

Diamine  Brown  MR 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 


311 


Diamine  Brown  S 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

iya%  ay2% 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Aeids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyein 


White  cotton 
is  hardly  in  the 
least  stained 
by  light  shades 
and  only  very 
triflingly  so  by 
deep  ones. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


By  boiling  ii 
an  acid  batt 
the  shade  is 
not  altered, 
white  wool  n 
being  stainei 
by  light  shad 
and  but 
slightly  by 
deep  ones. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  GF. 


III. 


The  shade  is 
not  affected 
by  acetic  acid 
50%,  and  is 
altered  but 
slightly  by 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 


Not  quite  s( 
good  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  GF. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  GF. 


III. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
somewhat  more 
yellowish. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  GF. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  GF. 


III. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  BD. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  B. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol 
Brown  GF. 


III. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  a 
little  more 
yellowish  by 
acetic  acid 
50%. 


Very  little 
inferior  in 
this  respect  to 
Diamine  Brown 
MR. 


ii— hi. 


The  shade  is 
hardly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  %. 


COUPLED. 


113 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shade 
becomes 
noticeably 
lighter  and 
brighter  by 
stoving. 

IV. 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

The  Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  brands,  when 
coupled,  yield  shades  of  very  good  fastness 
to  washing  and  milling,  and  are  used  very 
extensively  where  cheapness  and  depth  of 
shade  are  main  factors. 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  GF  yields  the 
brightest  shades  most  on  the  yellow  side; 
the  brands  B,  BD  and  T dye  very  deep 
shades  of  dark  brown. 

A further  brand, 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  G, 
is  somewhat  brighter  in  shade  than  BD, 
while  another  brand,  viz. 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Brown  RD, 
yields  distinctly  reddish  browns. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
. trazol  Brown 
GF. 

IV— V. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
trazol  Brown 
GF. 

IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
trazol  Brown 
GF. 

IV. 

— 

Only  suited 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
trazol  Brown 
GF. 

II— III. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Brown  MR  and  S are  used  for  the 
same  purposes  as  the  Diamine  Nitrazol 
Brown  brands.  Two  further  brands,  viz. 
Diamine  Brown  MRD  and  SD, 
serve  principally  for  discharge  work. 
Further  shades  of  brown,  particularly 
dark  brown,  may  be  obtained  also  with 
Oxy  Diamine  Black  SA,  SA  extra  cone, 
and  RR 

by  coupling  with  Nitrazol  C. 

Tie  shade  is 
jut  slightly 
altered  by 
rmal  stoving. 

II. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

i 


114 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeii 


312 


Diamine  Nitrazol  Blue  BR  pat. 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light  shades, 
and  is  only 
jslightly  stained 
by  deep  shades. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o, 
and  is  only  j 
slightly  altered 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


313 


Diamineral  Blue  CV 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
2%  3% 


Not  quite 
equal  to 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Blue 
BR. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by  acetic 
acid  50%  or 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Diamine  Bengal  Blue  G 
coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
2%  3% 


Same  as 
Diamineral 
Blue  CV. 


II. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  renders 
the  shade  more 
violet. 


315 


Diamine  Blue  NC 
coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
2%  3% 


Approximately 
as  good  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Blue 
BR. 


II. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  renders 
the  shade  just 
a trace  more 
reddish. 


316 


Diamine  Bronze  G 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

1 Vfc%  2i/2% 


317 


Diamine  Grey  G 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

1%%  2%% 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
by  light  shades, 
and  is  but 
slightly  stained 
by  deep  shades. 


II— III. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  but 
slightly  more 
reddish  with 
acetic  acid 
50%,  and  is 
hardly 
noticeably 
altered  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Diamine 
Bronze  G. 


II— III. 


The  shade  Is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  %. 


The  shade 
resists  acic 
cross-dyeinj 
White  wool 
stained  bu: 
slightly. 


COUPLED. 


115 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

esists  normal 
storing  quite 
well.  The 
lade  is  hardly 
altered  after 
washing. 

n— in. 

The  shade 
resists  a short 
treatment  in 
a weak 
chlorine  bath. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Coupled  shades  of  Diamine  Nitrazol  Blue 
BR  possess  comparatively  good  fastness  to 
leashing  and  light , and  are  in  the  first 
place  useful  for  dyeing  navy  blues  on  loose 
cotton,  hanks  and  piece-goods.  The  good 
dischargeability  renders  the  product  also 
valuable  for  print  styles. 

Same  as 
Diamine 
Vitrazol  Blue 
BR. 

i. 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

Diamineral  Blue  CV  yields  brighter  shades 
more  on  the  violet  side  than  Diamine 
Nitrazol  Blue  BR,  and  is  used  for  the  same 
purposes  as  the  latter. 

Further  brands,  which  may  likewise  be 
treated  with  Nitrazol: 
Diamineral  Blue  CVB 
n tt  3BC. 

esists  normal 
stoving  very 
well. 

II— HI. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  two  brands,  of  which  Diamine  Blue 
NC  approaches  Diamine  Nitrazol  Blue  BR 
closely  in  fastness  to  washing,  yield  more 
covered  shades  than  the  latter.  They  are 
used  for  saddening  or  for  the  production 
of  blue-black  shades. 

esists  normal 
roving  very 
well. 

hi. 

— 

In  light  shades 
easily 

dischargeable, 
in  deep  shades 
only  suited 
for  coloured 
discharging. 

esists  normal 
toving  very 
well. 

IV. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

Diamine  Bronze  G and  Diamine  Grey  G are 
used  principally  for  producing  mode  shades 
> and  dark  grey  shades  of  comparatively  good 
fastness  to  washing  and  light  and  of  very 
good  dischargeability. 

sists  normal 
oving  very 
well. 

IV. 

— 

116 


DIAMINE  COLOURS 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


318 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Green  GF  pat. 


coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


319 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Green  BB  pat. 
coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
2%  3% 


320 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Green  S 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

2%  3% 


321 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Black  B 

coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

3%  4% 


322 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  JEI 


coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 
3%  4% 


323 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JEI 


coupled  with  Nitrazol  C 

1V4%  2y2% 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


White  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained  by 
light  shades 
and  somewhat 
more  so  by 
deep  shades. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid  500/o 
and  only  a 
little  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


iii. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Green 
GF. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Green. 


IIL 


Neither  acetic 
acid  50°/o  nor 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  alter  the 
shade. 


Somewhat 
superior  to 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Black 
B. 


i— n. 


i— n. 


Same  as 
Diamine 
Nitrazol  Black 
B. 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


By  boiling  in 
an  acid  bath 
the  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
brighter;  white 
wool  is  slightly 
stained. 


When  boiled 
in  an  acid 
bath,  the  shade 
is  hardly 
altered;  white 
wool  is  slightly 
stained. 


Somewhat 
inferior  in 
this  respect 
to  Diamine 
Nitrazol  Blacl 
B. 


COUPLED. 


117 


Fastness 
o Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

esist  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

m. 

— 

Very  easily 
dischargeable. 

The  coupled  shades  of  Diamine  Nitrazol 
Green  are  distinguished  for  very  good 
fastness  to  u ashing  and  light.  Their  good 
dischargeability  renders  them  very  useful 
for  discharge  work. 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Green  G 
resembles  the  GF  brand,  but  is  somewhat 
more  bluish  in  shade. 

m. 

n. 

— 

This  product  is  distinguished  from  the 
above-mentioned  Diamine  Nitrazol  Greens 
by  the  property  of  yielding  also  in  direct 
dyeing  a full  shade  of  green  which,  when 
coupled,  is  rendered  somewhat  fuller  and 
considerably  faster  to  washing. 

ists  normal 
stoving 
*ery  well. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  Diamine  Nitrazol  Black  brands,  coupled 
with  Nitrazol  C,  yield  comparatively  full  ’ 
Blacks  of  good  fastness  to  washing  and 
milling,  which  are  used  for  yarn,  loose 
cotton  and  piece-goods. 

Further  brands: 

Diamine  Nitrazol  Black  BB 
„ „ KG 

KR. 

sist  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

v. 

— 

Easily 

dischargeable. 

The  Oxy  Diamine  Black  and  Oxy  Diamine 
Carbon  brands  yield  somewhat  fuller  shades 
than  Diamine  Nitrazol  Black,  and  serve  for 
saddening  or  for  the  production  of  Blacks 
on  cheap  goods,  which  apart  from  good 
fastness  to  washing  require  comparatively 
good  fastness  to  acids. 

The  Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  brands  are  con- 
siderably superior  in  tinctorial  and  covering 
power  to  the  Oxy  Diamine  Black  brands. 
Further  similar  brands  which  are  treated 
' with  Nitrazol  C are  the  following: 

Oxy  Diamine  Black  A,  AM,  D,  JB,  JE,  JIV, 

JWF,  UI 

„ JWB  extra  cone. 

„ JWN  extra  cone. 

„ JIVR  extra  cone. 

„ JWF  Superior 

Oxy  Diamine  Carbon  JB. 

“Extra  cone."  brands  of  all  the  ordinary 
Oxy  Diamine  Black  s are  also  on 
the  market. 

V. 

— 

B. 

BASIC  COLOURS. 


BASIC 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


324 


Thioflavine  T 

1%  2% 


Very  good; 
the  shade 
withstands  even 
washing 
with  soda 
relatively  well. 


II. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


The  shade 
withstands  acid 
cross-dyeing 
very  well 
without 
staining 
the  wool. 


325 


Diamond  Phosphine  GG 

i% 


Diamond  Phosphine  R 

1%  2% 


Para  Phosphine  G pat. 


The  shades 
withstand  a 
light  washing 
with  soap 
quite  well. 


II. 


Same  as 
Thioflavine 
T. 


Similar  to 
Thioflavine  T. 
The  wool  is 
however 
slightly 
stained. 


Same  as 
Diamond 
Phosphine  GG. 


ii. 


Same  as 
Thioflavine  T. 


Similar  to 
Thioflavine  T, 
but  the  wool 
is  stained 
slightly 
yellowish. 


New  Phosphine  G 


Inferior  to 
Para  Phosphine 
G. 


ii— in. 


Same  as 
Thioflavine  T. 


329 


Tannin  Orange  R Powder 


In  severe 
washing  the 
shade  loses  to 
some  extent 
in  intensity, 
but  is  still 
sufficiently 
resistant. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
scarcely  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


In  acid 
cross-dyeing  the 
shade  becomes 
somewhat 
lighter,  and 
white  wool 
is  slightly 
stained. 


COLOURS. 


121 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

The  shade 
well  washed 
after  normal 
stoving  is 
somewhat 
lighter  and 
brighter. 

IV— V. 

Resists  a weak 
chloring  and 
also  dry 
chloring. 

Thioflavine  T,  owing  to  its  very  bright  greenish  yellow 
tone,  ranks  among  the  most  important  yellow  dyestuffs. 
The  shades  possess  good  fastness  to  washing  and  acids. 
Apart  from  being  very  useful  for  printing,  for  which 
purpose  its  good  fastness  to  chlorine  is  also  valuable, 
Thicflavine  T is  suited  for  the  production  of  bright 
yellows  and  greenish  yellows  in  yarn  and  piece  dyeing. 
It  is  frequently  used  in  the  union  goods  trade  for  effect 
yarns  and  resists  acid  cross-dyeing  well. 
Thiojiavine  TCN 

is  a further  brand  fairly  closely  approaching  Thioflavine 
T in  its  properties. 

The  shades 
are  hardly 
altered  after 

V 

— 

The  Diamond  Phosphines  serve  as  substitutes  for  the 
older  Phosphines,  and  their  levelling  properties  are 

normal 
stoving  and 
good  washing. 

— 

excellent.  They  are  very  well  suited  for  dyeing  cotton, 
and  especially  also  for  printing,  as  well  as  for  topping 
shades  produced  with  other  dyestuffs. 

The  shade  is 
more  reddish 
after  washing. 

V. 

— 

The  Para  Phosphines  behave  similarly  to  the  Diamond 
Phosphines,  and  are  applied  in  exactly  the  same  manner. 
Further  products  are  the  following: 

Para  Phosphine  R,  GG,  AGE,  L,  P. 

Same  as 
?araphosphine 
G. 

V. 

New  Phosphine  G is  not  employed  much  for  dyeing,  but 
is  used  principally  for  printing  cotton,  half-wool  and 
half-silk. 

After  washing 
the  shade  is 
omewhat  more 
yellowish. 
White  wool 
stoved 
alongside 
is  lightly 
stained. 

IV— V. 

— 

Tannin  Orange  yields  dyeings  of  comparatively  good  fast- 
ness to  washing  and  light.  It  is  used  for  the  production 
of  orange  shades  on  cotton  mordanted  with  tannin,  and  for 
dyeing  yellowish  red  shades  by  shading  with  Safranine. 

Tannin  Orange  R Paste 
„ GG 

are  further  brands  belonging  to  the  same  group;  the 
latter  yields  more  yellowish  shades. 

16 


122 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Chryso'idine  AG 

1%  2% 


331 


Bismarck  Brown  GG 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Not  fast  to 
washing. 


II. 


I— II. 


The  shade 
turns  just 
a little 
towards 
yellow  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


BASIC 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


332 


Irisamine  G 

1%  2% 


333 


Rosazeine  6G 

1%  2% 


The  shades 
lose  but 
little  in  depth 
and  do  not 
bleed  on  to 
white  cotton. 


The  shade  is 
altered  very 

II. 

slightly  by 
acetic  acid 
50%. 

i— ii. 


Safranine  G extra  No.  0 

1%  2% 


Tannin  Heliotrope 

1%  2% 


White  cotton 
is  not 
stained  by 
light  shades 
and  is  but 
slightly 
stained  by 
deep  shades. 


The  shade  is 
altered 

somewhat  more 
by  acetic  acid 
50%  than  that 
of  Irisamine  G. 


The  shades 
become 
somewhat 
lighter  in  acid 
cross-dyeing; 
but  the 
fastness  is 
still  sufficient 
for  a good 
many  articles. 


ii— in. 


n— iii. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic 
acid  50%;  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  It  Is 
turned  blue. 


COLOURS 


123 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

The  shade  is 
only  a little 
more  reddish 
after  washing; 
white  wool 
stoved 
alongside  is 
stained 

ather  strongly. 

II. 

j 

These  dyestuffs  are  used  principally  for  topping. 
Further  brands  are  the  following; 

Chrysoiciine  AG  Crystals 

„ R 

„ F 

FF 

„ FN 

„ FNA 

Bismarck  Brown 

„ EE 

„ F 

„ FF 

FFG 

„ PS 

„ o IV 

The  shade 
after  good 
washing  is 
ardly  changed, 
nd  white  wool 
stoved 
alongside  is 
stained 
but  slightly. 

III. 

— 

\.fter  washing, 
the  shade  i9 
somewhat 
lighter  and 
bluer;  white 
wool  stoved 
alongside 
s stained  but 
very  slightly. 

V. 

— 

Irisamine  G and  Rosazeine  6G  are  used  especially  for  the 
production  of  bright  shades  of  pink;  they  are  relatively 
very  fast  to  washing  and  acids.  Extensively  used  in 
cotton  dyeing  and  particularly  also  for  printing.  They 
may  be  dyed  either  on  a tannin  and  antimony  mordant 
or  on  a mordant  of  Turkey-red  oil,  yielding  on  the  latter 
considerably  brighter  shades,  which  however  in  point  of 
fastness  to  washing  are  considerably  inferior  to  the 
shades  produced  on  a tannin  and  antimony  mordant. 

Irisamine  G extra 

is  another  brand,  of  superior  tinctorial  power. 

Lfter  washing 
the  shade  is 
affected  but 
very  little; 
white  wool 
stoved 
alongside  is 
ardly  stained. 

V. 

— 

Same  as 
tosazelne  6G; 
white  wool 
stoved 
alongside  is 
stained 
imewhat  more 
strongly. 

IV— V. 

The  Safranines  are  used  extensively  in  cotton  printing  and 
in  the  dyeing  of  union  goods  as  well  as  for  brightening 
cotton  dyeings.  In  velveteen  dyeing  the  Safranines  are 
used  partly  for  the  production  of  deep  reds  and  partly 
also  for  topping. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 

Safranine  G No.  I,  G No.  140,  GG  extra  No.  0, 

G G No.  l,  G GS,  B extra  No.  0,  B No.  1,  B No.  140, 
BS,  RS,  SP,  S No.  iso. 

After  the 
washing  the 
shade  is  not 
iltered ; white 
wool  stoved 
alongside  is 
ained  to  some 
degree. 

IV-V.  | 

— 

Tannin  Heliotrope  belongs  to  the  group  of  Safranines;  it 
is  equally  as  good  as  these  in  fastness  to  washing  and 
light,  and  is  applied  for  the  same  purposes.  The  only 
feature  in  which  it  differs  from  the  Safranines  is  its  more 
violetish  shade. 

16* 


124 


BASIC 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Magenta  la.  Dia. 


%% 


l‘/2% 


The  shade  with- 
stands a light 
washing  with 
soap. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50  yo;  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  it  is 
turned 
yellow. 


Methyl  Violet  BB72  No.  0 

y2%  iy2% 


The  shade 
resists  washing 
fairly  well, 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic  acid 
50%;  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  it  is 
turned 
greenish 
yellow. 


The  more 
bluish  Methyl 
Violet  brands 
withstand  acid 
cross-dyeing 
well,  and 
white  wool  is 
but  slightly 
stained. 


Fast  Neutral  Violet  B Powder 

1%  2% 


Better  in  this 
respect  than 
Methyl  Violet. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
turned 

somewhat  more 
violetish  by 
acetic  acid  50%. 


In  acid 
cross-dyeing 
the  shade 
becomes 
somewhat 
lighter,  and 
white  wool 
is  not 

stained  much. 


339 


Crystal  Violet  10B 


340 


New  Methylene  Blue  3R 


Same  as 
Methyl  Violet. 


Same  as 
Methyl  Violet. 


i— ii. 


New  Methylene  Blue  R 


Good  in  soap 
and  soda 
washing,  the 
shade  only 
turning 
somewhat 
more  purplish. 


The  shade 
becomes 
somewhat 
more  bluish 
by  acetic  acid 
50%,  and 
greenish  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


II. 


Not  quite  so 
good  as 
Methyl  Violet. 


Same  as 
New  Methylene 
Blue  3R. 


The  shades 
are  of  good 
fastness  to 
acid  cross- 
dyeing and 
stain  the  wool 
less  than  the 
Methyl 
Violets. 


COLOURS. 


125 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

fter  washing 
the  shade  is 
somewhat 
bluer;  white 
wool  stoved 
alongside  is 
tained  rather 
severely. 

ii— in. 

— 



Magenta  la.  Dia.  is  used  principally  for  its  bright  bluish 
red  shade , and  is  applied  both  on  mordanted  coiioti  and 
for  topping  purposes. 

Magenta  la.  Dia.  is  marketed  in  small  and  in  large 
crystals;  other  brands  are  the  following: 

Magenta  CIV,  CN50,  Magenta  Yellow  shade,  New  Magenta 
O,  Cerise  N,  IA,  Geranium  GN,  Aniline  Brown  (Maroon), 
Russian  Red  B,  G,  Neutral  Red  extra. 

fter  thorough 
washing  the 
shade  is 
somewhat 
fected;  white 
wool  stoved 
alongside  is 
ained  to  some 
degree. 

IV. 

Like  Magenta,  it  is  appreciated  for  its  specially  bright 
shade. 

The  other  brands  on  the  market  are  the  following : 

Methyl  Violet  B No  0,  B No  1,  BB  72  No  1,  BB  7 2 No  2, 
BB  Sj  No  0,  BB  83  No  1,  3BD  No  0,  3BD  No  1,  3B  No  0, 
3B  No  1,  4 B No  0,  4B  No  1,  4B  No  2,  5B  No  0,  yB  No  1, 
OB  No  0,  OB  No  1,  R No  0,  R No  1,  2R  No  1,  3R  No  1, 
4R  No.  1. 

fter  washing 
the  shade 
appears 
somewhat 
purer : white 
wool  stoved 
alongside  is 
stained 
but  little. 

IV— V. 

Fast  Neutral  Violet  B,  though  not  quite  equal  to  Methyl 
Violet  in  brightness  of  shade,  is  superior  to  the  latter  in 
fastness  to  washing  and  light. 

The  same  dyestuff  is  also  in  the  market  as 

Fast  Neutral  Violet  B Paste. 

fter  washing 
the  shade  is 
irdly  affected; 
white  wool 
stoved 
alongside 
is  stained 
to  a certain 
degree. 

IV—  V. 

Crystal  Violet  10B  is  superior  in  solubility  to  the  Methyl 
Violet  brands  and  brighter  in  shade  than  these. 
Crystal  Violet  5 /*’  bluish 
is  a further  brand  of  the  same  group. 

\fter  washing 
the  shade  is 
somewhat 
bluer. 

IV— V. 

Both  these  products  are  used  for  the  dyeing  of  bright 
navy  blue  shades  on  yarn  and  woven  fabrics,  and  very 
extensively  also  for  printing  such  shades. 

IV— V. 

— 

126 


BASIC 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


New  Methylene  Blue  N 

1%  2% 


Very  good. 
The  shade 
withstands 
normal 
washing  with 
soda  and  soap 
quite  well. 


Ill— IV. 


343 


New  Methylene  Blue  NX 

1%  2% 


Same  as 
New  Methylene 
Blue  N. 


The  shade 
is  rendered 
somewhat 
brighter  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o 
and  by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


The  shade 

becomes 

Ill— IV. 

somewhat  more 

greenish  by 

acetic  acid 

50  °/o. 

344 


New  Methylene  Blue  GG 

1%  2% 


Methylene  Blue  BB 

1%  2% 


Same  as 

Same  as 

Same  as 

New  Methylene 

Ill— IV. 

New  Methylene 

New  Methylene 

Blue  GG. 

Blue  N. 

Blue  N. 

34(1 


Victoria  Blue  B 

1%  2% 


Same  as 
New  Methylene 
Blue  N, 
somewhat 
better 
if  anything. 


Ill— IV. 


In  acid 
cross-dyeing 
the  shade 
remains  unal- 
tered, and 
white  wool 
is  stained  but 
lightly. 


Same  as 
New  Methylene 
Blue  N. 


In  acid 
cross-dyeing, 
New  Methylene 
Blue  GG 
behaves 
somewhat 
better  still  than 
the  “N“  brand, 
white  wool 
not  being 
stained. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Methylene 
Blue  BB. 


The  shade 
becomes 
somewhat 
bluer  by  acetic 
acid  50%, 
and  greenish 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Same  as 
New  Methylene 
Blue  N. 


347 


Metaphenylene  Blue  B 

2%  3% 


I Very  good; 

the  shade  is 
I rendered  but 
slightly  lighter. 


ii— in. 


The  shade 
is  rendered 
somewhat 
brighter  by 
acetic  acid 
50%. 


Very  good  In 
fastness  to 
acids;  in  acid 
cross-dyeing 
the  shade  is 
not  changed, 
and  white  wool 
is  not  stained. 


COLOURS 


127 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chlorlng 

Remarks 

After  thorough 
washing,  the 
shade  is 
somewhat 
brighter;  white 
wool  atoved 
alongside  is 
but  slightly 
stained. 

III. 

The  Methylene  Blue  brands,  owing  to  their  good  fastness 
to  washing  and  light,  are  some  of  the  most  generally 
employed  basic  dyestuffs;  they  are  used  very  extensively 
for  piece  and  hank  dyeing  as  well  as  for  printing. 
They  arc  moreover  employed  very  largely  for  the  topping 
of  Diamine  and  Immedial  dyeings. 

Further  brands  of  the  same  group  are  the  following: 
New  Methylene  Blue  GB 
,,  ,,  „ NSS  (free  from  sine ) 

„ „ „ NSSF  ( „ „ „ ) 

Methylene  Blue  DBB  ( „ „ ,,  ). 

After  washing, 
the  shade 
appears 

somewhat  more 
greenish. 

Ill— IV. 

Same  as 
S’ew  Methylene 
Blue  N. 

II— III. 

Same  as 
'few  Methylene 
Blue  N. 

II. 

Resists  weak 
chloring  and 
dry  chlorlng. 

Same  as 
few  Methylene 
Blue  XX. 

I. 

— 

Victoria  Blue  B yields  clearer  and  brighter  shades  than 
the  Methylene  Blue  brands;  in  fastness  to  washing  it  is 
somewhat  superior  to  the  latter. 

Owing  to  its  goods  fastness  to  acid  boiling,  Victoria  Blue 
B may  be  used  for  the  dyeing  of  warps  and  effect  yarns 
in  union  goods  which  are  subsequently  cross-dyed. 
Victoria  Blue  R 

is  another,  more  reddish  brand. 

Withstands 
aormal  stoving 
quite  well. 

IV. 

Used  for  the  production  of  Indigo  imitations,  principally 
on  previously  mordanted  material  in  hank  and  piece 
dyeing. 

Further  brands: 

Metaphenylette  Blue  BB 
„ „ BBR 

„ „ R 

„ „ RJ. 

128 


BASIC 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


348 


Indazine  M 

1 % 2 % 


Very  good; 
similar  to 
New  Methylene 
Blue 
(pages  124 — 127). 


III. 


The  shade 
becomes 
somewhat 
brighter  by 
acetic  acid  50°/o. 


In  acid 

cross-dyeing  the 
shade  becomes 
but  slightly 
paler;  white 
wool  is  some- 
what  stained. 


Naphtindone  BB 

1%  2% 


Methyl  Indone  B 


The  shade  is 
of  excellent 
fastness  to 
washing,  and 
only  when 
boiled  in 
a severely 
alkaline  lye 
it  turns  more 
towards  violet. 


in— IV. 


The  product  is 
as  excellent  in 
fastness  to 
washing  as 
Naphtindone, 
and  the  shade 
is  not  altered 
even  in 
severely 
alkaline 
washing. 


IV. 


Same  as 
Indazine  M. 


Same  as 
Indazine  M. 


Acids  render 
the  shade 
somewhat 
more  violetish. 


In  acid 
cross-dyeing  the 
shade  becomes 
somewhat 
lighter;  white 
wool  is  some- 
what stained. 


351 


New  Blue  D 120 

1%  2% 


New  Blue  R 


IV 


The  shades 
resist  well  a 
neutral  soap 
washing. 
When  washed 
with  soda, 
the  shades  are 
affected. 


The  shades 
become 
somewhat 
more  greenish 
by  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


Acetinduline  R Paste 

3%  6% 


Very  good. 
The  shade  is 
not  affected 
even  in  severe 
washing,  and 
white  cotton  is 
hardly  stained. 


IV. 


n— in. 


The  shade 
becomes  more 
bluish  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


COLOURS. 


129 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

esists  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

IV— V. 

Indazine  M combines  a very  bright  shade  xvith  very  good 
fastness  to  washing,  and  is  used  for  hank  and  piece 
dyeing;  it  is  very  serviceable  also  as  a dyestuff  for 
topping.  In  order  to  reduce  their  brightness,  the  shades 
of  Indazine  M are  frequently  saddened  with  iron. 

.4.  somewhat  fuller  shade  is  obtained  with 
Indazine  L, 

another  brand  of  the  same  group. 

lightly  more 
reddish  after 
the  washing. 

IV— V. 

Withstands 
a weak 
chloring. 

Naphtindone  among  the  Basic  Colours  is  the  best 
substitute  for  Indigo,  the  shades  obtained  therewith  being 
very  similar  to  those  of  Indigo  in  reflected  and  transmitted 
light  and  possessing  very  good  fastness  to  light,  washing 
and  acids.  It  can  be  dyed  on  a mordant  of  tannin  and 
antimony,  and  may  also  be  used  for  topping  dyeings  of 
Diamine  and  Immedial  Colours.  It  moreover  dyes 
unmordanted  cotton  fairly  fast  to  washing,  and  is  used 
a great  deal  in  printing  for  the  production  of  the  blue 
and  red  style  by  discharging  with  tin  crystals. 
Further  brands: 

Naphtindone  BR 
„ T. 

esists  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

IV. 

Methylindone  is  used  principally  for  the  production  of 
light  Indigo  shades,  and  is  one  of  the  best  basic  dyestuffs 
in  respect  to  fastness  to  light. 

Methylindone  R 

is  a further,  somewhat  redder  brand. 

The  shade  is 
slightly 

m. 

— 

New  Blue  ranks  among  the  most  extensively  used  of  the 
basic  dyestuffs,  and  is  applied  widely  as  a topping  colour 
and  also  in  printing  for  the  production  of  Indigo  shades. 
Further  brands  of  different  shade  are  the  following: 

New  Blue  R crystals 
„ D paste 

, ..  extra  F 

greener  after 
washing. 

hi. 

„ FL 

„ L 

„ B 

„ BF 

„ G 

„ No.  7556 

Neutral  Blue. 

lesists  normal 
stoving 
very  well. 

n— hi. 

— 

Acetinduline  R Paste  is  extensively  used  in  cotton  printing 
for  the  production  of  deep  navy  blues  shades. 
Further  brands: 

Acetinduline  2332J 
„ 314b  J. 

While  Acetinduline  is  rendered  soluble  in  water  by  the 
addition  of  acetine,  the  corresponding 
Printing  Blue  H Powder  and  Paste 
are  used  with  the  addition  of  acetine  to  the  printing  paste. 

17 


130 


BASIC 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


354 


Brilliant  Green  Crystals  extra 


The  shade 
withstands  a 
light  washing 
with  soap 
quite  well 
without 
bleeding,  and 
is  rendered 
much  lighter 
by  washing 
with  soda. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o ; dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
the  shade  olive. 


355 


Solid  Green  crystals  0 


Not  equal  to 
Brilliant  Green, 


II. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade  a 
little  brighter, 
dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid 
changing  it  to 
green  olive. 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
a little 
lighter  by 
boiling  in 
an  acid  bath; 
white  wool 
is  very 
slightly 
stained. 


356 


Jute  Black  GN 

1%  3% 


| The  shade 
resists  light 
washing  with 
soap  quite  well 
without 
bleeding  on  to 
cotton. 


II. 


Ac6tic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade  a 
little  brighter, 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  changing 
it  to  olive. 


357 


Black  for  Artificial  Silk  G 


358 


Black  for  Artificial  Silk  GNB 


Somewhat 
superior  to 
Jute  Black 
GN. 


III. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  does  not 
alter  dark 
shades,  and 
only  slightly 
affects 
light  ones. 


in. 


Not  quite 
equal  to  Black 
for  Artificial 
Silk  G. 


Black  for  Artificial  Silk  B 


If  anything 
superior  to 
Black  for 
Artificial  SilkG. 


III. 


Somewhat 
superior  to 
Black  for 
Artificial  Silk  G, 


COLOURS. 


131 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness  „ . 

Fastness 

„ . „t0  , to  Chlorlng 

Hot  Pressing 

Remarks 

The  shade 
is  only 
slightly 
altered  after 
a good 
washing. 
White  wool 
stored 
alongside 
is  rather 
severely 
stained. 

rvT. 

— 

The  tico  products  are  employed  for  the  production  of 
bright  green  shades  on  cotton  hanks  and  piece-goods. 
They  are  further  used  for  topping  Diamine  and  Immedial 
Colours,  as  well  as  for  printing. 

Further  brands  are  the  following : 

Brilliant  Green  crystals  A No  I 
Solid  Green  crystals  OO 

„ „ A No  i 

„ „ extra  J 

„ „ 4V 

and 

Malachite  Green  cone. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

— 

In  light 
shades 

n, 

in  dark  shades 

V. 

— 

Jute  Black  GN  as  well  as 

Jute  Black  8174 
..  9375 

„ 00624 N 

are  very  extensively  used  for  the  dyeing  of  jute,  cocoa-nut 
fibre,  piassava,  sisal,  Manila  hemp,  straw,  etc. 

The  shade  i9 
considerably 
redder  after 
washing. 

In  light 
shades 

m, 

in  dark 
shades 
V. 

The  various  brands  of  Black  for  Artificial  Silk  are  not 
very  largely  employed  for  the  dyeing  of  cotton  goods, 
their  principal  application  being  for  the  dyeing  of 
artificial  silk. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 

Black  for  Artificial  Silk  BN 
„ „ „ „ GN 

„ „ „ „ GGN 

„ ..  „ „ 3GN 

„ „ „ GNIV 

TN. 

In  light 
shades 

III— IV, 

in  dark  shades 

V. 

1 

17* 


PARANITRANILINE  RED. 


ISAMINE  BLUE. 


ACID  COLOURS. 


134 


PARANITRANILINE  RED. 


360 


Fastness 
to  Washing 

Fastness 
to  Light 

Fastness  to  Acids 

Fastness  to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 

The  shade  resists 
severe  washing  very 
well  without  staining 
white  cotton. 

IV. 

The  shade  is  not 
altered  by  acetic  acid 
50°/o,  nor  by  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid. 

The  shade  resists 
acid  cross-dyeing  very 
well,  and  white  wool 
is  only  stained 
slightly  reddish. 

Fastness  to  Stoving 

The  shade  resists 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 

Fastness 
to  Hot  Pressing 

IV. 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

The  shade  withstands 
chloring  very  well, 
but  does  not  resist 
bowking. 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Very  easilj' 
dischargeable. 

Paranitraniline  Red  (Para  Red)  is  very  extensively  employed 
as  a substitute  for  Alizarine  Red  owing  to  the  simple  method  of  its 
application  and  to  the  excellent  fastness  of  the  colour,  and  further 
also  on  account  of  its  good  dischargeability. 

Paranitraniline  Red  is  not  employed  as  a ready  dyestuff,  but  is 
produced  on  the  fibre  only.  Cotton  hanks  and  piece-goods  are  for  this 
purpose  impregnated  with  a solution  of  Beta  Naphtol  and  are  then 
treated  with  diazotised  Paranitraniline  or  Nitrazol  C,  the  Red  being 
thereby  at  once  formed. 

For  full  particulars  of  dyeing  Paranitraniline  Red  on  hanks 
and  pieces,  see  our  “Manual  of  Dyeing”,  Yol.  I,  2nd  edition,  pages 
73  and  250. 


135 


ISAMINE  BLUE. 


Isamine  Blue  8B  Isamine  Blue  6B 


1 °/o  3 o/o  1 o/o  3 % 


The  Isamine  Bines  possess  very  bright  and  pure  shades,  and 
are  employed  when  such  shades  are  wanted,  without  any  special 
requirements  for  fastness  to  light  and  washing. 

Isamine  Blue  is  dyed  for  about  K to  1 hour  in  a bath  of 
70 — 80°  C.  (160 — 175°  F.)  charged  according  to  the  depth  of  shade 
required  with  1 — 3 lbs  Glauber’s  salt  crystals  and  1 Ys — 3 oz  acetic 
acid  per  10  gallons  liquor. 

When  rinsing  the  goods  after  dyeing,  it  is  advisable  to  add  a 
little  acetic  acid  to  the  rinsing  bath. 

As  the  dyestuffs  do  not  exhaust,  it  is  best  to  preserve  the 
dyebaths  for  dyeing  subsequent  lots;  when  dyeing  in  the  old  bath, 
only  about  one-half  to  two-thirds  the  quantities  of  dyestuff  used 
originally  need  be  added. 

The  above  recipe  applies  equally  for  yarns  and  for  piece-goods. 


ACID  COLOURS. 


(Orange,  Croceine  and  Scarlet;  Eosines;  Water  Blue  and  Induline; 

Alizarines.) 

Acid  Colours  are  used  principally  for  producing  very  bright 
shades  on  cotton,  when  no  special  demands  are  made  with  regard  to 
fastness  to  washing.  The  Alizarines  are  employed  mainly  for  blueing 
white  cotton. 


ORANGE,  CROCEINE  AND  SCARLET. 

The  following  brands  are  very  well  suited  for  cotton  dyeing: 
Orange  EN 

Brilliant  Croceine  M,  MOO,  B,  2B,  3B,  5B,  6B,  7B  and  9B 
Croceine  AZ 

Scarlet  FR,  FRR,  FRRR. 

Of  the  aforementioned  brands,  the  Croceines  are  in  the  first 
place  of  special  importance,  because  they  yield  very  bright  scarlet 
shades  of  excellent  fastness  to  light. 


DYEING  DIRECTIONS  FOR  YARNS. 


Dye  in  a very  short  bath  containing  the  dyestuff  and  about 


4 oz  alum  and 
2 lbs  desiccated  Glauber’s  salt 


per  10  gallons  liquor. 


The  quantities  of  dyestuff  vary  with  the  depth  of  shade  to  be 
produced,  the  first  bath  requiring  considerably  larger  quantities  of 
dyestuff  than  the  subsequent  ones;  for  instance: 

Starting  Bath:  Subsequent  Baths: 

For  deep  shades  10%  2 % dyestuff 

for  light  shades  3%  0.5%  „ 

Enter  the  cotton  at  about  50 — 70°  C.  (120 — 160°  F.),  and 
allow  the  bath  to  cool  off  whilst  dyeing.  Hereafter  wring  or  squeeze 
off  evenly,  and  dry  at  a moderate  temperature  without  rinsing. 


137 


DYEING  DIRECTIONS  FOR  PIECE-GOODS. 

The  dyeing  is  done  exclusively  in  the  padding  machine,  the 
goods  being  either  dyed  direct  or  previously  mordanted  with  stannate 
of  soda. 


a)  Direct  Dyeing. 


Charge  the  padding  machine  with  a liquor  containing 
8 oz  alum 

8 „ desiccated  Glauber’s  salt 
1 lb  dextrine 


per  10  gallons  liquor 


in  addition  to  the  requisite  dyestuff  (1 — 3 lbs  per  10  gallons),  give 
two  passages  at  60°  C.  (140°  F.)  without  previously  wetting  the 
goods,  and  dry  without  rinsing. 


b)  Dyeing  Mordanted  Goods. 

Mordant  cold  in  the  padding  machine  by  giving  2 to  4 passages 
with  a solution  of 

214 — 3 lbs  stannate  of  soda  per  10  gallons  liquor, 
and  fix,  without  rinsing,  in  a second  bath  of  neutralised  alum,  obtained 
by  dissolving 

2 lbs  alum  and  | 

} per  10  gallons  liquor. 

5 oz  soda  crystals  J 

The  mordanted  goods  are  given  2 to  4 passages  through 
the  fixing  bath,  and  are  then  dyed  in  a fresh  liquor  at  60—70°  C. 
(140 — 160°  F.)  with  the  requisite  dyestuff  but  without  any  other 
additions. 


EOSINES. 

These  are  used  preferably  for  the  production  of  very  pure, 
bright  shades  of  pink  which,  however,  are  not  equal  to  the  Crocei'nes 
in  resistance  to  light.  The  following  products  may  be  used: 
Eosine  3G,  GGF,  BN 
Eosine  Scarlet  B 

Erythrosine  yellow  shade,  extra  N,  B,  D 
Phloxine  (749),  S 
Bose  Bengale  extra  N 
BosazeTne  B. 


18 


138 


DYEING  DIRECTIONS  FOR  YARN. 

a)  Direct  Dyeing. 

Dye  in  a very  short  bath  for  Y>  to  % hour  at  30 — 40°  C. 
(85 — 105°  F.)  with  the  addition  of  common  salt,  wring  or  squeeze  off 
evenly,  and  dry  at  a moderate  temperature  without  rinsing;  for 
instance: 

For  100  lbs  cotton  in  approx.  120 — 140  gallons  liquor,  charge 
the  bath  with 

Starting  Bath:  For  Subsequent  Lots: 

Dyestuff  2 — 8 lbs  14 — 2 lbs 

Common  salt  30—60  „ 4 — 10  „ 

Rosaze'ine  B may  be  dyed  also  according  to  the  following  recipe 
on  goods  mordanted  with  Turkey-red  oil,  thus  yielding  exceedingly 
bright  and  pure  shades. 

b)  Dyeing  on  a Turkey-Red  Oil  Mordant. 

The  yarn  is  soaked,  a pound  at  a time,  in  a liquor  of  one  part 
Turkey-red  oil  and  two  parts  water,  dried  evenly  and  then  mordanted 
again  once  or  twice  in  the  same  manner.  After  every  pound  of 
cotton  so  treated,  the  liquor  is  freshened  up  with  1 Vi  pints  of  the 
above  mixture  consisting  of  one  part  oil  and  two  parts  'water. 

In  some  instances  the  goods,  after  the  impregnation  with 
Turkey-red  oil,  are  further  mordanted  with  acetate  of  alumina 
(approx.  4°  Tw.),  then  wrung  off  or  whizzed,  and  likewise  dried; 
this  results  in  more  bluish  shades  being  obtained. 

Dye  in  a cold,  short  bath  with  the  addition  of  a little  acetic 
acid,  and  dry  at  moderate  temperature. 

DYEING  DIRECTIONS  FOR  PIECE-GOODS. 

a)  Direct  Dyeing. 

Dye  in  the  padding  machine  by  giving  2 to  4 passages  in  a 
lukewarm  liquor  containing  in  addition  to  the  requisite  quantity  of 
dyestuff 

3 lbs  common  salt  and 
1 lb  dextrine 


| per  10  gallons  liquor. 


After  dyeing,  dry  without  rinsing. 


139 


b)  Dyeing  Mordanted  Goods. 

The  goods  are  impregnated  lukewarm  with  a 10%  solution  of 
Turkey-red  oil,  dried,  then  fixed  with  a cold  solution  of  acetate  of 
alumina  of  4°  Tw.,  and  rinsed. 

The  dyeing  is  done  with  the  requisite  quantity  of  dyestuff,  but 
without  any  other  additions,  either  cold  or  at  30 — 40°  C.  (85 — 105°  F.) 
at  the  outside.  Sometimes  the  goods  are  merely  mordanted  with 
Turkey-red  oil  by  itself  and  then  dried;  in  such  case  the  dyeing  is 
effected  with  the  addition  of  3 — 4 lbs  common  salt  per  10  gallons 
dye  liquor. 


WATER  BLUE  AND  INDULINE. 

These  dyestuffs  are  used  principally  for  the  production  of  light 
blue  and  light  grey  tones,  when  no  special  fastness  is  required  and 
quick  working  is  essential.  The  following  brands  are  in  regular  use:. 
Water  Blue  B,  RB,  R 
Pure  Soluble  Blue 
Methyl  Blue  for  Cotton 
Blue  JBP,  JB,  BS,  FS,  RS,  RRS 
Alkaline  Blue  3R  to  6B 
Induline  B,  2B,  3B 
Solid  Blue  BD,  BBD,  R,  3R 
Aniline  Grey  B.  R 
Silver  Grey  1ST 
Xigrosine  soluble  in  water. 


DYEING  DIRECTIONS  FOR  YARNS. 

a)  Direct  Dyeing  with  Alum  and  Glauber’s  Salt. 

The  method  of  procedure  is  exactly  the  same  as  described  for 
Croc-eine,  except  that  only  about  one-half  the  quantity  of  dyestuff  is 
required  for  the  starting  bath.  The  quantities  of  alum  and  Glauber’s 
salt  to  he  added  remain  the  same. 

b)  Dyeing  of  Goods  Mordanted  with  Tannin. 

The  mordanting  is  carried  out  with  tannin  and  antimony- 
according  to  the  instructions  given  for  the  Basic  Colours.  The 
dyeing  is  done  lukewarm  with  the  addition  of  5 — 10%  alum,  very 

18* 


140 


bright  shades  being  thus  obtained  which  are  somewhat  faster  to 
washing  than  those  produced  according  to  Method  (a),  but  they 
cannot  claim  any  actual  fastness  to  washing. 

The  Alkaline  Blues  more  particularly  are  dyed  according  to  this 
latter  method. 


DYEING  DIRECTIONS  FOR  PIECE-GOODS. 

a)  Direct  Dyeing. 

This  is  carried  out  exactly  in  accordance  with  the  directions 
indicated  for  Orange,  Croceine  and  Scarlet. 

b)  Dyeing  of  Mordanted  Goods. 

The  Water  Blues  and  Indulines  are  frequently  dyed  on  a tannin 
and  antimony  mordant  in  the  manner  customary  for  Basic  Colours. 

The  dyeing  is  done  lukewarm  with  the  requisite  amount  of 
dyestuff  and  the  addition  of  5 — 10%  alum  reckoned  on  the  weight  of 
the  goods  to  be  dyed. 


ALIZARINES. 

For  blueing  white  cotton,  the  following  Alizarine  brands  have 
been  found  specially  valuable: 

Alizarine  Cyanole  EF  pat. 

Alizarine  Cyanole  Violet  R pat. 

Alizarine  Brilliant  Green  G pat. 

In  fastness  to  acids  they  are  far  superior  to  Ultramarine  which 
is  mostly  used  for  the  purpose,  and  their  fastness  to  light  is  sufficient 
for  all  practical  purposes.  They  are  moreover  very  easily  soluble  and 
level  easily,  so  that  they  are  also  very  well  suited  for  the  blueing  not 
only  of  hanks  and  loose  cotton  but  also  of  cops,  cheeses  etc.  for  which 
Ultramarine  cannot  be  used;  they  are  used  also  for  the  blueing  of 
piece-goods. 

The  dyestuffs  are  dissolved  in  boiling  water,  as  soft  as  possible, 
whereupon  the  solution  is  filtered.  It  is  well  to  keep  a stock  solution 
of  3A  oz  dyestuff  per  10  gallons,  taking  the  requisite  quantities 
therefrom  for  additions  to  the  bath. 

The  blueing  may  be  done  in  the  last  rinsing  bath  or  in  the 
soaping,  or  again  by  adding  the  dyestuff  to  the  finishing  paste. 


D. 


IMMEDIAL  COLOURS. 


142 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


365 


Immedial  Yellow  GG  pat. 

3%  6% 


White  cotton 
is  not  stained 
even  by  deep 
shades. 


II. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o 

slightly  reddens 
the  shade. 


The  shade  is 
reddened 
slightly  by 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath; 
white  wool  is 
not  stained. 


Immedial  Yellow  D pat. 

3%  6% 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
I is  not  stained 
even  by  deep 
shades  in  severe 
washing. 


n— in. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  does  not 
alter  the  shade 
and 

hydrochloric 
acid  affects 
it  but 
slightly. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
hardly  at  all 
altered  by 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath,  and 
white  wool  is 
not  stained. 


Not  altered 

Same  as 

II— III. 

by  acetic  acid 

Immedial 

50  °/o. 

Yellow  I). 

III. 

Hardly 
altered  by 

Same  as 
Immedial 
: Yellow  D. 

acetic  acid 
50%. 

II— III. 

Not  altered 
either  by 
acetic  acid 

Same  as 

II— III. 

50%  or  by 

Immedial 

dilute 

Yellow  D. 

hydrochloric 

acid. 

Immedial  Orange  C pat. 

3%  6% 


368 


Immedial  Khaki  D pat. 

2%  4% 


369 


Immedial  Khaki  G pat. 

2%  4% 


Immedial  Bronze  A pat. 

3 % 6 % 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Yellow  D. 


• By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  o 


COLOURS. 


143 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

On  rinsing 
after  normal 
stoving  the 
shade  is 
considerably 
brighter. 

IV. 

The  shade 
may  be 
considered 
fast  to 

chloring  except 
that  it  is 
rendered 
considerably 
more  reddish. 

Immedial  Yellow  GG  dyes  very  bright  yellows  and  serves 
for  the  production  of  greenish  yellow  shades  as  well  as 
for  the  shading  of  Greens.  When  using  Immedial  Yellow 
GG  it  is  well  to  add  some  acetic  acid  to  the  last 
rinsing  bath. 

Immedial  Yellow  GG  double  for  Printing 

is  another  brand,  specially  suited  for  printing. 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Yellow  GG. 

IV— V. 

— 

Immedial  Yellow  D and  Immedial  Orange  C serve,  for 
the  production  of  full  yellow  and  orange  shades,  as  also 
for  the  shading  of  green,  olive  and  brown  tones. 
Suitable  for  printing: 

Immedial  Yellow  D double  for  Printing 
Immedial  Orange  C double  for  Printing. 

IV— V. 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Yellow  GG. 

V. 

Immedial  Khaki  D and  G are  special  products  used 
principally  for  the  production  of  khaki  and  for  shading 
yellowish  mode  shades  and  browns. 

V. 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Yellow  GG. 

V. 

Used  preferably  for  the  production  of  light  mode 
shades. 

copper  sulphate  by  itself,  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased. 


144 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


371 


Immedial  Green  Yellow  G pat. 

3% 


372 


Immedial  Yellow  Olive  G pat. 

3%  6% 


373 


Immedial  Yellow  Olive  5G  pat. 

3%  6% 


374 


Immedial  Olive  B pat. 

3%  6% 


375 


Immedial  Olive  GG  pat. 

3%  6% 


376 


Immedial  Olive  SG 


III— IV. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained 
even  by  deep 
shades  in 
severe 
washing. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
Immedial  Green 
Yellow  G. 


Ill— IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o 

reddens  the 
shade  a little. 


IV— V. 


IV. 


Ill— IV. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Green 
Yellow  G. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
scarcely 
altered  by 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath, 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


COLOURS. 


145 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


After  washing, 
the  shade  is 
somewhat 


IV— V. 


brighter. 


Remarks 


IV— V. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Green  Yellow 
G. 


Immedial  Green  Yellow  G and  the  Immedial  Yellow 
Olive  brands,  owing  to  their  good  levelling  properties, 
are  in  the  first  place  applied  as  yellow  elements  in  the 
production  of  green  and  olive  shades,  as  well  as  for 
the  production  of  yellowish  mode  shades.  The  products 
are  especially  well  suited  for  machine -dyeing. 
Further  brands  are  the  following: 

Immedial  Yellow  Olive  GB 

which  dyes  more  covering  than  the  Immedial  Yellow 
Olive  G,  and  for  printing  purposes 

Immedial  Yellow  Olive  $G  double  for  Printing. 


IV— V. 


Withstands 

normal  stoving  III. 

very  well. 


Ill— IV. 


While  dark  greenish  shades  are  obtained  with  Immedial 
Olive  B,  the  other  two  brands  yield  brighter  and  more 
yellowish  shades.  They  are  used,  either  by  themselves 
or  in  combination  with  the  Immedial  Yellow  Olives, 
for  the  production  of  olive  and  bronze  shades. 


After  washing 
well, 

► the  shades 
are  hardly 
altered. 


IV. 


Immedial  Olive  jG  double  for  Printing 

is  suitable  for  printing. 


copper  sulphate  by  itself  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased. 


19 


146 


IMMEDIAL 


377 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Washing  to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Cutch  0 pat. 

3%  6% 


378 


Immedial  Cutch  G pat. 

3%  0% 


379 


Immedial  Cutch  BG  pat. 

3%  6% 


380 

Immedial  Cutch  OG  pat. 

3%  6% 


381 

Immedial  Cutch  R pat. 

3%  6% 


382 


III. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%  and  is 
hardly  affected 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained 
• even  by  deep 
shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


III— IV. 

* 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Cutch  0. 

III— IV. 

The  shade  is 
scarcely  altered 

by  acetic  acid 

50  °/o. 

Verjr  good. 
By  boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath  the 
; shades  are 
hardly  altered 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


in. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Cutch  O. 


III. 


Immedial  Yellow  Brown  EN  pat. 

3%  6% 


Somewhat 
superior 
to  the 
Immedial 
Cutch  brands. 


By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


COLOURS. 


147 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


After  washing 
well, 

the  shade  is 
somewhat 
clearer  and 
brighter. 


IV— V. 


V. 


In  weak 
chlorine  baths 
the  shades 
are  rendered 
somewhat 
lighter  and 
more 

yellowish. 


After  washing 
well, 

the  shades 
are  somewhat 
clearer. 


IV— V. 


The  Immedial  Cutcli  brands  are  in  fastness  equal  to 
the  other  Immedial  Browns,  and  distinguished  by  a 
special  fulness  and  brightness  of  shade.  They  are  very 
extensively  employed  as  substitutes  for  natural  Cutch  in 
the  production  of  brown  shades  of  every  description  on 
all  kinds  of  cotton  goods,  particularly  on  weaving  yarns 
and  piece-goods,  and  especially  also  for  tent-  and 
sail-cloth. 

If  high  demands  for  fastness  to  light  are  made,  the 
shades  are  aftertreated  with  biclirome  and  copper  sulphate. 
The  Immedial  Cutch  brands  are  also  very  well 
suited  for  machine-dyeing. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 

Immedial  Cutch  BGG 

standing  in  shade  between  Immedial  Cutch  OG  and  BG, 
and 

Immedial  Cutch  OR 

which  is  somewhat  more  yellowish  than  Immedial 
Cutch  R. 

Immedial  Cutch  O double  for  Printing 

is  especially  well  suited  for  printing  purposes. 


After  washing 
well, 

the  shade  is 
somewhat 
clearer  and 
brighter. 


IV— V. 


Immedial  Yellow  Brown  EN  closely  approaches  the 
Immedial  Cutch  brands  in  shade,  and  is  used  for  the 
same  purposes  as  the  latter. 


opper  sulphate  by  itself  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  Increased. 


19* 


148 


IMMEDIAL 


383 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Light  to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Brown  G pat. 

3%  6% 


384 

Immedial  Brown  BR 

3%  6% 


385 


III— IV. 


The  shade  Is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Ill— IV. 


Immedial  Brown  B pat. 

3%  6% 


386 

Immedial  Dark  Brown  A pat. 

3%  6% 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained 
even  by  deep 
shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


387 

Immedial  Brown  RR  pat. 

3%  6% 


388 

Immedial  Brown  W cone.  pat. 


III. 


III. 


III. 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
but  slightly 
more 

yellowish  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Very  good; 
The  shades 
are  not  altered 
by  boiling  in 
an  acid  bath, 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


m. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


COLOURS 


149 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving 
very  well. 


Ill— IV. 

— 

IV— V. 

— 

IV— V. 

IV. 

- 

IV— V. 

— 

IV— V. 

These  dyestuffs  are  used,  both  o,s  self  colours  and  in 
combination  with  the  Immedial  Cutch  brands,  for  the 
production  of  the  greatest  variety  of  brown  shades  on 
all  kinds  of  cotton  goods. 

Immedial  Brown  G is  the  most  yellowish  brand, 
Immedial  Brown  B.  BR,  Immedial  Dark  Brown  A 
yielding  full,  deep  shades  of  brown,  whereas  Immedial 
Brown  RR  and  W cone,  are  employed  for  more  pronounced 
reddish  tones. 

Immedial  Brown  BR  double  for  Printing 
Immedial  Dark  Brown  A double  for  Printing 

are  further  products  specially  suited  for  printing. 


copper  sulphate  by  itself  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased. 


150 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


389 


Immedial  Dark  Brown  D cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained 
even  by  deep 
shades  in  severe 
washing. 


IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
a trifle  more 
yellowish. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  boiling  in 
an  acid  bath, 
and  white  wool 
is  not  stained. 


390 


Immedial  Maroon  B cone.  pat. 

3% 


391 


Immedial  Bordeaux  G cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Bordeaux  GF  cone.  pat. 


> 0/ 

* /o 


6% 


III— IV. 


White  cotton 
is  but  slightly 
stained  by 
deep  shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


Ill— IV. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50%,  and  are 
but  slightly 
affected  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
somewhat 
duller  by 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath; 
white  wool  is 
but  slightly 
stained. 


393 


Immedial  Red  Brown  3R  pat. 

3%  6% 


Somewhat 
inferior  in 
this  respect  to 
Immedial 
Maroon  and 
Immedial 
Bordeaux. 


394 


Immedial  Prune  S pat. 

3%  6% 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Maroon  and 
Immedial 
Bordeaux. 


II— III. 


Acids  render 
the  shade 
somewhat  more 
yellowish. 


III. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  boiling  in 
an  acid  bath, 
and  white  wool 
is  not  stained. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
somewhat 
clearer. 


Same  as 
Immedial  Red 
Brown  3 R. 


By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


COLOURS 


151 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 


V. 


Immedial  Dark  Brown  D cone.,  dyed  in  full  shades, 
yields  rather  covered  browns,  and  is  frequently  used 
for  the  production  of  mode  shades  on  account  of  its 
particularly  good  fastness  to  light.  The  product  is 
further  most  extensively  applied  as  a bottoming  dyestuff, 
particularly  in  the  dyeing  of  cheap  cotton  piece-goods 
and  velveteens,  in  which  case  the  goods  are  usually 
topped  with  Basic  Colours. 

Immedial  Dark  Brown  DN  cone, 
is  another  brand  of  the  same  group. 


Same  as 

Immedial  Dark  V. 

Brown  D cone. 


After  washing, 
the  shade  is 
but  little 
altered. 


III. 


After  washing, 

! the  shade  is 
but  very 
slightly  altered. 


nr. 


Withstands 

normal  stoving  III 

very  well. 


Same  as 

Immedial  Red  IV. 

Brown  3R. 


These  products  are  the  reddest  among  the  series  of 
brown  Immedial  Colours,  and  are  used  for  the  production 
of  full  shades  of  reddish  Brown  and  particularly  also 
as  bottoms  for  claret  shades.  The  very  good  fastness 
to  acid  boiling  of  Immedial  Red  Brown  SR  is  of  special 
'•  importance,  and  on  account  of  this  special  property  it  is 
frequently  employed  in  dyeing  warps  fast  to  acid  boiling 
such  as  are  for  instance  required  in  plush  dyeing'. 

By  an  addition  of  glue  — - about  one-quarter  to  one-fifth 
\ of  the  weight  of  the  dyestuff  — to  the  liquor,  and  dyeing 
\ at  a low  temperature  of  50 — 60  o C.  (120 — 1^0°  F.),  the 
brightness  of  the  shades  is  enhanced. 

The  following  are  further  brands  especially  suited  for 
printing: 

Immedial  Maroon  B double  for  Printing 
„ Bordeaux  GF  „ ,,  „ 

„ Prune  S „ ,,  ,, 


copper  sulphate  by  itself  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased. 


152 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Purple  C pat. 

4%  S% 


396 


Immedial  Violet  C pat. 

4%  8% 


Immedial  Violet  CB  pat. 

4%  8% 


398 


Immedial  Violet  CR  pat. 


4% 


8% 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
somewhat 
lighter  in 
washing,  and 
white  cotton 
is  slightly 
stained. 


ii. 


Somewhat 
better  than 
Immedial 
Purple  C. 


ii. 


ii— m. 


ii— m. 


White  wool  is 
perceptibly 
stained  on 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shades 
more 

yellowish. 


The  shades 
are  hardly 
altered  by 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath,  and 
white  wool  is 
but  slightly 
stained. 


399 

Immedial  Indone  Violet  B cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


i Very  good; 

| white  cotton 
ij  is  not  stained, 
even  by  deep 
shades  in 
severe  washing. 


IV 


The  shade 
is  rendered 
somewhat 
more  reddish 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  boiling  in 
an  acid  bath, 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


Immedial  Sky  Blue  Powder  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Approximately 
the  same  as 
Immedial 
Violet  C. 


ii. 


The  shade  is 
rendered  lighter 
by  acetic 
acid  50°/o. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
lighter  by 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath; 
white  wool  is 
not  stained. 


By  an  attertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


COLOURS. 


153 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 

II— III. 

— 

Immedial  Purple  C dyes  a very  bright  red  shade,  and 
is  frequently  used  as  a bottom  for  red  and  purple  shades 
subsequently  to  be  topped  with  Basic  Colours. 

III. 

— 

Of  the  Immedial  Violet  brands,  Immedial  Violet  C in 
particular  yields  very  pure  shades  comparatively. 
The  “CB”  and  “CR”  brands  are  distinguished  by  their 
somewhat  superior  fastness  to  light;  they  are  mainly 
used  for  bottoming  goods  which  are  subsequently  topped 
with  Basic  Colours. 

Immedial  Violet  TC 
is  a further  product  to  be  mentioned. 

IV. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

IV. 

— 

Immedial  Indone  Violet  B cone,  is  considerably  more 
bluish  in  shade  than  the  afore-named  dyestuffs,  and  very 
much  superior  to  these  in  fastness  to  light  and  washing. 
It  is  used  principally  for  the  production  of  reddish  blue 
shades  and  for  saddening  Immedial  Violets. 
Immedial  Indone  Violet  B double  for  Printing 
is  used  for  printing. 

Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well;  the 
shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
brighter. 

IV— V. 

The  shade 
withstands 
weak 

chlorine  baths 
comparatively 
well. 

Immedial  Sky  Blue  Powder  cone,  of  all  the  Immedial 
Colours  yields  the  brightest  Blue,  and  is  used  particularly 
in  the  production  of  light  blues;  the  purest  shades  are 
obtained  by  dyeing  at  a low  temperature  (SO — So  o C.  or 
85—95  0 F.) 

Further  brands  differing  from  the  above  product  merely 
in  their  concentration  are  the  following: 

Immedial  Sky  Blue  Paste 

„ „ » ..  for  Cops. 

copper  sulphate  by  Itself  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased. 


20 


154 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Indogene  GCL  cone.  pat. 


3% 


402 


Immedial  Indogene  BCL  cone.  pat. 


3% 


Immedial  Indogene  RCL  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


404 


Immedial  Indogene  RRCL  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Indogene  B cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


406 


Immedial  New  Blue  G cone.  pat. 

aftertreated  with 
bichrome  and  copper  sulphate. 

3%  6% 


Very  good. 

White  cotton 
is  not  stained, 
even  by 
deep  shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


Ill— IV. 


Ill— IV 


III— IV. 


Ill— IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
slightly  more 
reddish. 


Light  shades 
are  rendered 
somewhat 
more  reddish 
by  acetic 
acid  50%; 
deep  shades 
remain 
unaltered. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  by 
acid  boiling; 
white  wool 
is  hardly 
stained  by 
light  shades 
and  is  but 
little  affected 
by  deep 
shades. 


Ill— IV. 


Acids  renders 
the  shade  more 
reddish. 


Ill — IV. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Indogene  B 
cone. 


The  shades 
are  rendered 
more  reddish 
when  boiled 
in  an  acid 
bath;  after 
* washing 
well  the 
original  shade 
returns. 
White  wool 
is  not  stained. 


•By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


155 


COLOURS. 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chlorlng 

Remarks 

IV. 

Withstand 
normal 
stoving  quite 
well;  the 
shades 

IV. 

The  shades 
withstand 
weak  chlorine 
baths  quite 
well. 

While  Immedial  Indogene  GCL  cone,  yields  a pure 
greenish  Blue,  the  other  brands  dye  deeper  shades.  The 
products  possess  very  good  levelling  properties,  and  in 
this  respect  surpass  the  Immedial  Indones  and  other 
dyestuffs  of  the  kind.  They  further  have  the  property 
of  being  reduced  but  very  little  in  the  dyebath. 
Their  good  fastness  to  washing  and  light  combined  with 
comparatively  good  fastness  to  chloring  are  important 
features. 

are 

somewhat 
purer  and 
brighter  after 
washing. 

IV. 

IV. 

The  shades 
are  somewhat 
redder  and 
brighter 
after  washing. 

III. 

Somewhat 
inferior  in 
this  respect 
to  the  other 
Immedial 
Indogenes. 

Immedial  Indogene  B cone,  is  more  covering  than  the 
other  Immedial  Indogene  brands.  It  levels  very  well, 
and  is  suited  particularly  for  the  production  of  medium 
and  deep  shades  of  Blue,  for  which  purpose  it  may  be 
combined  with  the  Immedial  Direct  Blues. 

IV. 

Somewhat 
better  than 
Immedial 
Indogene  B. 

Contrary  to  the  Immedial  Indogene  brands,  which  dyed 
direct  already  yield  bright  blues,  Immedial  New  Blue 
G cone,  for  the  production  of  brighter  shades  needs  to 
be  developed  by  a subsequent  treatment  with  Immedial 
Developer,  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate,  or  by  steaming 
or  smothering,  exceedingly  full  and  bright  shades  of 
excellent  fastness  being  obtained  hereby. 

The  dyestuff  is  particularly  well  suited  for  the  shading 
of  Immedial  Blue  brands  which  are  treated  in  a similar 
manner. 

topper  sulphate  by  itself,  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased.  20* 


I 


I 


156 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Indone  3B  cone.  pat. 


3% 


6% 


Immedial  Indone  BBF  cone.  pat. 

6% 


Immedial  Indone  BF  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Indone  JBF  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Indone  JBN  cone.  pat. 

6% 


Immedial  Indone  R cone.  pat. 


IV. 


IV. 


Very  good ; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained, 
even  by  deep 
shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


Ill— IV 


IV 


IV. 


The  shades 
are  hardly 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


Ill— IV. 


The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat 
more  reddish 
by  acetic  acid 
50  o/o. 


Very  good; 
the  shades 
are  hardly 
altered  by 
boiling  in 
an  acid  bath, 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


157 


COLOURS. 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

III. 

II— III. 

III. 

— 

m. 

n— in. 

— 

IV. 

— 

Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Remarks 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving 
very  well. 


The  Immedial  Indones  are  distinguished  for  their 
particuarly  bright  shades  of  very  good  fastness. 
Immedial  Indone  JBN  possesses  the  property  of  dyeing 
shades  similar  to  Indigo , deep  shades  in  particular. 
While  Immedial  Indone  JBF,  BF,  BBF  and  SB  yield 
more  greenish  blue  and  brighter  shades,  those  obtained 
with  Immedial  Indone  R are  more  reddish. 
Immedial  Indone  B cone. 

,,  4B  cone. 

,,  BN  cone. 

„ KB  cone. 

„ R 

are  further  brands  of  the  same  group,  the  following 
being  suited  for  printing: 

Immedial  Indone  B double  for  Printing 
„ R double  for  Printing. 


158 


IMMEDIAL 


413 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Washing  to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Indone  RR  cone.  pat. 


Immedial  Indone  RG  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


415 

Immedial  Indone  RB  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


416 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  JND 
extra  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


417 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  BB 
extra  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


418 


Immedial  Direct  Blue  4B 
extra  cone.  pat. 

3 % 6 % 


III— IV. 


Ill— IV. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
not  altered 
by  boiling  in 
an  acid  bath, 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained, 
even  by  deep 
shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  renders 
’ the  shades 
somewhat 
more  reddish. 


IV. 


IV. 


IV. 


After  boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath  and 
rinsing  well, 
the  shades 
are  hardly 
altered,  and 
white  wool 
is  not  stained. 


COLOURS. 


159 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


IV. 


Withstand 
normal 
storing  very 
well. 


Ill— IV 


IV— V. 


IV. 


The  shades 
are  somewhat 
redder  and 
brighter  after 
washing. 


Withstands  a 
treatment  in 
weak  chlorine 
baths. 


These  brands  closely  approach  the  afore-mentioned 
products  in  their  properties,  but  yield  redder  and  fuller 
shades  than  the  latter,  and  are  employed  principally  for 
the  production  of  bright  dark  blue  shades;  they  are 
moreover  frequently  used  in  combination  with  the 
Immedial  Direct  Blue  brands. 


IV— V 


IV— V. 


Of  the  Immedial  Direct  Blue  brands,  Immedial  Direct 
Blue  JND,  BB  and  !/B  extra  cone,  yield  the  brightest 
shades,  and  are  used  preferably  for  the  imitation  of 
medium  and  dark  Indigo  shades;  they  possess  excellent 
fastness  to  washing  and  light. 

A treatment  with  Immedial  Developer,  bichrome,  or 
bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  still  further  enhances  the 
brightness  of  the  shades. 

The  dyeings  of  Immedial  Direct  Blue  JND  extra  cone, 
withstand  also  a treatment  in  weak  chlorine  solutions. 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  4B  high  cone. 

is  a further  brand  of  this  group. 


160 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


419 


Immedial  Direct  Blue  B 
extra  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Direct  Blue  JB 
extra  cone.  pat. 


6% 


Immedial  Direct  Blue  R pat. 

4%  8% 


Immedial  Direct  Blue  OD  pat. 


8% 


Very  good; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained, 
even  by 
deep  shades 
in  severe 
washing. 


IV. 


IV. 


IV. 


Immedial  Direct  Blue  FCL 
extra  cone.  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Dark  Blue  J pat. 


3% 


6% 


Somewhat 
inferior  to 
Immedial 
Direct  Blue 
B in  this 
respect. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Direct  Blue  B. 


HI— IV. 


Ill— IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  renders 
the  shades 


somewhat 
more  reddish. 


IV. 


Acetic  acid  50% 
renders  light 
shades  a trace 
more  reddish; 
deep  shades 
are  not  altered 


After  boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath  and 
rinsing  well, 
the  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


COLOURS. 


161 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

IV— V. 

IV— V. 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  B extra  cone,  is  the  most  important 
among  the  Immedial  Direct  Blue  brands,  and  is  exten- 
sively used  (or  the  production  of  deep  shades  of  Blue  and 
specially  also  for  shading  Immedial  Indone  or  Immedial 
Indogene  dyeings  and  for  bottoming  Indigo.  The 
brightness  of  the  shades  can  also  in  the  case  of  the 
Immedial  Direct  Blues  be  increased  by  hanging  up  the 
dyed  goods  when  still  wet  for  some  time,  or  by  brightening 
with  soap  or  soda,  or  by  aftertreating  ivith  bichrome  or 
with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or  with  Immedial 
Developer.  Their  good,  fastness  to  acids  also  permits 
of  their  application  for  dyeing  warps  fast  to  acids, 
particularly  in  the  manufacture  of  upholstery  plush. 

Further  brands  are  the  following : 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  B and  B high  cone. 

„ „ JB 

„ „ „ RC  extra  cone. 

Immedial  Dark  Blue  CRVpossesses  similar  properties,  and 
Immedial  Direct  Blue  B Double  for  Brintiug 
is  suited  for  printing. 

| After  normal 
stoving  and 
good 

I washing  the 
shade  is 
slightly 
redder  and 
brighter. 

• 

IV— V. 

IV— V. 

III. 

Resists  a 
treatment  in 
weak  chlorine 
baths. 

Immedial  Direct  Blue  FCL  extra  cone,  is  similar  in 
shade  to  Immedial  Direct  Blue  B extra  cone.,  but  better 
in  fastness  to  chloring. 

It  may  be  used  like  the  afore-mentioned  products. 

Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Immedial  Dark  Blue  J yields  deep,  bright  shades  of 
dark  Blue,  and  is  specially  suited  for  dyeing  at  a low 
temperature. 

Immedial  Dark  Blue  JR 

is  a further  brand  of  equal  properties. 

21 


162 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Blue  C extra  cone. 

developed  by  smothering 
3%  6% 


Immedial  Blue  CB  extra  cone. 

developed  by  smothering 
3%  6% 


Immedial  Blue  CR  extra  cone. 

developed  by  smothering 

3%  6% 


428 


Immedial  Blue  U 300 

developed  by  smothering 
2%  4% 


IV. 


Very  good ; 
white  cotton 
is  not 
stained  by 
deep  shades 
even  in  severe 
washing. 


IV. 


TV. 


IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shades 
more  reddish. 


After  boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath  and  well 
rinsing,  the 
shade  is 
hardly  altered 
and  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


429 


Immedial  Green  Blue  CV  pat. 

4%  8% 


Somewhat 
inferior  in  this 
respect  to 
Immedial  Blue. 


IV— V. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
more  bluish. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acid  boiling, 
and  white  wool 
is  hardly 
stained. 


430 


Immedial  Dark  Green  B 

4%  8% 


Same  as 
Immedial  Blue. 


IV. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
somewhat 
more  yellowish. 


Very  good; 
if  any  thing 
better 

than  Immedial 
Blue  C in  this 
respect. 


• By  an  aftertreatment  with  bichrome  and  copper  sulphate  or 


COLOURS. 


163 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


IV— V. 


V. 


Stoving 
renders  the 
shades 
somewhat 
more  reddish 
and  brighter. 


V. 


V. 


The  Immedial  Blue  brands  are  used  principally  for 
dark  blue  and  Indigo  shades;  further  for  bottoming 
Indigo,  and  arc  specially  to  be  considered  when  im- 
portance is  attached  to  a cheap  method  of  production. 
While  for  the  deepest  and  most  covered  shades,  and  for 
bottoming,  they  are  dyed  direct,  they  have  to  be  developed 
for  brighter  medium  and  dark  Blues.  This  developing  is 
carried  out  by  aftertreating  with  Immedial  Developer, 
chrome  and  bisulphite  or  chrome  and  copper.  Developing 
by  smothering  or  steaming  with  admission  of  air  arc 
the  cheapest  methods. 

Further  brands  are  the  following: 

Immedial  Blue  C 

„ „ CB 

„ „ CR 

,,  „ CBL  extra  cone. 


| The  shade  is 
rendered 
somewhat  bluer 
and  brighter  by 
stoving. 


IV. 


Immedial  Green  Blue  CV  yields  a bright  greenish  blue 
shade,  which  by  an  aftertreatment  with  chrome  and 
copper  or  Immedial  Developer  becomes  brighter  and 
more  bluish,  and  is  distinguished  for  a most  excellent 
fastness  to  light. 

The  product  is  extensively  used  lor  shading  Immedial 
Direct  Blue,  Immedial  Blue  or  Immedial  New  Blue. 


! Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 


III. 


Immedial  Dark  Green  B,  by  reason  of  its  excellent 
properties  of  fastness,  is  employed  for  the  production 

of  dark  green  shades,  and  further  for  the  shading  of 

greens  and  olives,  as  well  as  for  saddening  of  mode 

and  “ field  grey”  shades.  The  product  is  extensively 
applied  also  for  bottoming  shades  to  be  subsequently 

topped  with  Basic  Colours  such  as  Brilliant  Green  etc. 


topper  sulphate  by  itself  the  fastness  to  light  is  considerably  increased. 


164 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Brilliant  Green  G extra  pat. 

3%  b% 


432 


Immedial  Green  GG  extra  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Green  BB  extra  pat. 

3%  6% 


Immedial  Green  GGX  cone.  pat. 

4%  8% 


435 


Immedial  Green  BBX  cone.  pat. 

4%  8% 


IV. 


IV. 


White  cotton 
is  hardly 
stained  by 
deep  shades. 


IV. 


Ill— IV 


111— IV. 


Immedial  Deep  Green  G pat. 

4% 


Superior  even 
to  the  above 
brands  in  this 
respect. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  does  not 
alter  the  shade; 
dilute 

hydrochloric 
acid  renders 
it  slightly 
more  bluish. 


Very  good; 
the  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acid 
boiling,  and 
white  wool  is 
hardly  stained 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade 
more  bluish. 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
by  acetic 
acid  50%. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Brilliant  Green 
G extra. 


Better  than 
Immedial 
Brilliant  Green 
G extra. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Brilliant  Green 
G extra. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Green  GG 
extra. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Green  BB 
extra. 


III. 


Acetic  acid 
50%  renders 
the  shade  just 
a trace  more 
bluish. 


Same  as 
Immedial 
Green  BB 
extra. 


COLOURS. 


165 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Remarks 

Withstands 
normal  stoving 
very  well. 

Their  shades 
are  merely 
somewhat 
' brighter  after 
washing. 

III. 

— 

Immedial  Brilliant  Green  G extra  is  the  brightest  of 
the  green  Immedial  Colours.  It  is  used  for  the  production 
j of  green  shades  of  good  fastness  to  washing  and  light, 
or  in  combination  with  Immedial  Yellow  or  Immedial 
Green  Yellow  for  bright  shades  of  Olive,  on  all  kinds 
of  cotton  goods. 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Brilliant  Green 
G extra. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Some  of  these  dyestuffs  yield  more  covered,  and  others 
more  bluish  shades  than  Immedial  Brilliant  Green 
G extra.  Their  fastness  to  light  and  washing  is  excellent, 
and  they  may  be  employed  for  the  production  of  a 
number  of  different  green  and  olive  shades,  either  by 
themselves  or  shaded  if  desired. 

Immedial  Green  BBXN  cone, 
is  another  brand  belonging  to  this  group,  while 
Immedial  Green  GG  Double  for  Printing  and 
„ „ BB  „ „ „ 

are  offered  for  printing  purposes. 

i After  stoving 
the  shade  is 
somewhat  bluer 
and  brighter. 

III. 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Green  BB 
extra. 

Ill— IV. 

— 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Brilliant  Green 
G extra. 

Ill— IV.  • 

Same  as 
Immedial 
Green  BB 
extra. 

III. 

Immedial  Deep  Green  G yields  more  covered  shades  than 
the  afore-mentioned  Immedial  Green  brands;  it  is  applied 
for  the  production  of  full  shades  of  green,  and  for  the 
shading  of  olives. 

Immedial  Deep  Green  G Double  for  Printing 

belonging  to  the  same  group  is  suited  for  printing. 

166 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Black  V extra 

2%  10% 


438 


Immedial  Black  FF  extra 

2%  10% 


439 


Immedial  Black  NB 

2%  10% 


Immedial  Black  NF 

2%  10% 


Immedial  Black  NNG  cone. 

1.5%  6% 


442 


Immedial  Black  NN  cone. 

1.5%  6% 


VI. 


VT. 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
is  excellent; 
white 

cotton  is  not 
stained  even 
in  severe 
washing. 


VI. 


The  shades 
are  not 
altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


The  shades 
are  hardly 
noticeably 
affected  by 
dilute  acids. 


The  shades 
withstand 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath  very 
well;  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


COLOURS. 


167 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


After  normal 
stoving  and 
thorough 
washing  the 
shades  are 
somewhat 
bluer  and 
brighter. 


Withstands 
very  weak 
chloring  and 
is  the  fastest 
Sulphide  Black 
in  respect  to 
chloring. 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


V. 


V. 


Of  the  Immediat  Black  series , Immedial  Black  V extra 
and  FF  extra  yield  the  finest  shades  of  Blue  black. 
The  further  brands  Immedial  Black  NB.  NF,  NN  cone, 
yield  deeper  and  fuller  shades,  Immedial  Black  NNG  cone, 
on  the  other  hand  yielding  more  greenish  shades  of 
black  approaching  that  of  Aniline  Black. 

All  the  Immedial  Blacks  are  most  extensively  employed 
for  the  dyeing  of  loose  cotton,  yarns  and  piece-goods  as 
well  as  for  tcarp-  and  machine-dyeing.  They  are  used 
in  all  those  cases  where  special  demands  are  made  for 
fastness  to  washing  and  to  acids,  and  are  further  to 
le  considered  excellent  substitutes  for  Aniline  Oxidation 
Black. 

Regarding  the  aftertreatment  with  acetate  or  formate 
of  soda  see  the  introduction. 

The  following  are  further  brands  belonging  to  this  group: 

Immedial  Black  G extra 
NB  cone. 

NO 
NR 
NRT 
JBR  cone. 

NACC  and  NACC  high  cone. 


■ J 


168 


IMMEDIAL 


Fastness 

Fastness 

Fastness 

Name  of  Dyestuff 

to  Washing 

to  Light 

to  Acids 

Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


443 


Immedial  Black  NLN  cone. 

1.5%  0% 


Immedial  Black  NNR  cone. 

1-5%  C% 


Immedial  Blue  Black  KB 

1%  4.5“/ 


Immedial  Brilliant  Black  B pat. 

2%  10% 


VI. 


VI. 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
is  excellent; 
white 

( cotton  is  not 
stained  even 
in  severe 
washing. 


447 


Immedial  Black  NBB  cone.  pat. 

1.5%  6% 


448 


Immedial  Black  BF  cone. 

1.5%  6% 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


The  shades 
are  hardly 
noticeably 
affected  by 
dilute  acids. 


The  shades 
withstand 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath 
very  well; 
white  wool  is 
not  stained. 


COLOURS 


169 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

V. 

V. 

— 

V. 

— 

V. 

_ 

V. 

V. 

Remarks 


The  brands  mentioned  on  the  opposite  page  are  used  more 
particularly  for  shades  of  deep  black  with  a more  or  less 
bluish  cast;  Im medial  Blue  Black  KB  and  Immedial 
Brilliant  Black  B are  particularly  distinguished  for 
fulness  and  blueness  of  shade ; Immedial  Black  NNR  cone. 

yields  very  deep  shades  more  on  the  red  side. 
These  dyestuffs  are  suitable  for  any  purpose  in  the 
cotton  dyeing  industry. 

Regarding  the  aftertreatment  with  acetate  or  formate  of 
soda  see  the  introduction. 

The  following  brands  range  with  the  above: 

Immedial  Black  NN  special 
NNR  cone. 

NNZ  cone. 

NBN  cone. 

NLA  cone. 

NLJ  cone. 

NGL  cone. 

BFG  cone. 

BFU  135 
AZ 

BZ  cone. 

JfS  cone. 

SN  cone. 


22 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness  Fastness 

to  Washing  to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Brilliant  Black  5BV  cone.  pat. 


450 


Immedial  Brilliant  Black  6BG  cone.  pat. 


Immedial  Brilliant  Black  8BG  cone.  pat. 


Immedial  Brilliant  Carbon  F pat. 

1%  4.5% 


Immedial  Brilliant  Carbon  FG  pat. 

1%  4.5% 


VI. 


VI. 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
is  excellent ; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained, 
even  in  severe 
washing. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


The  shades 
are  hardly 
noticeably 
affected  by 
dilute  acids. 


The  shades 
withstand 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath 
very  well; 
white  wool 
is  not  stained. 


Immedial  Carbon  B 

1%  4.5% 


COLOURS. 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


V. 


V. 


V. 


The  Immedial  Brilliant  Black  brands  are  all  suitable  for 
the  production  of  very  full  blacks  of  a pronounced  bluish 
or  blue-green  shade,  and  are  employed  in  the  same  way 
as  the  a fore- mentioned  products. 

Regarding  the  aftertreatment  with  acetate  or  formate  of 
soda  see  the  introduction. 

Further  brands  of  the  same  group  are  the  following: 

Immedial  Brilliant  Black  BB  cone. 

„ O cone. 

Immedial  Brilliant  Carbon  FB. 


Immedial  Carbon  B is  the  Immedial  Black  most  extens- 
ively used.  In  shade  and  brightness  it  closely  approaches 
Immedial  Black  NNG  cone,  mentioned  on  page  ICG,  being 
however  of  a considerably  higher  concentration. 
Regarding  the  aftertreatment  with  acetate  or  formate  of 
soda  see  the  introduction. 


22* 


IMMEDIAL 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Immedial  Carbon  BL 

1%  4.5% 


Immedial  Carbon  R 


457 


Immedial  Carbon  JHJ 


458 


Immedial  Carbon  KBL 

4.5% 


459 


Immedial  Carbon  KBG 


Indo  Carbon  S pat. 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
is  excellent; 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained, 
even  in  severe 
washing. 


Somewhat 
inferior  to  the 
Immedial 
Black  brands. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


VI. 


The  shade 
is  hardly 
noticeably 
affected  by 
dilute  acids. 


The  shades 
withstand 
boiling  in  an 
acid  bath 
very  well; 
white  wool  is 
not  stained. 


COLOURS. 


173 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 


Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 


Fastness 
to  Chloring 


Remarks 


V. 


V. 


Withstand 
normal 
stoving  very 
well. 


V. 


Immedial  Carbon  JHJ,  R and  KBL,  together  with 
Immedial  Carbon  B,  are  the  principal  and  most  widely 
used  brands.  These  products,  distinguished  for  their 
specially  high  concentration,  are  most  extensively 
employed  for  the  production  of  black  shades  on  loose 
cotton,  roving,  yarn  and  piece-goods. 

Regarding  the  aftertreatment  with  acetate  or  formate  of 
soda  see  the  introduction. 

Immedial  Carbon  HI.  Special 
BO 
BLR 
RS 
RBS 
RBSI 
KMB 

are  further  brands  of  the  same  group. 


Indo  Carbon  S is  a special  product,  in  properties  similar 
to  Immedial  Black,  which  is  used  principally  for  union 
goods,  when  acid  cross-dyeing  of  the  wool  or  a bleaching 
of  the  same  by  stoving  is  necessary. 

Indo  Carbon  SF 

is  a further  brand  of  similar  properties. 


HYDRON  COLOURS. 


176 


HYDRON 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


461 


Hydron  Blue  G pat. 

Paste  20% 


462 


Hydron  Blue  R pat. 

Paste  20% 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
of  these 
products  is 
excellent ; 
even  in 
severest 
washing  the 
shade  is  not 
altered,  and 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained. 
Their  fastness 
to  boiling 
with  soda  is 
also  good. 


VI. 


The  shades  are 
not  altered 
b.v  acetic  acid 
50°/o  and  only 
rendered  just 
a trace  more 
greenish  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


The  shades 
resist  boiling 
in  an  acid 
bath  very 
well;  white 
wool  is  not 
stained. 


463 


Hydron  Dark  Blue  G pat. 

Paste  20% 


Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 


V. 


Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 


Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 


464 


Hydron  Violet  B pat. 

Paste  20% 


5% 


10% 


465 


Hydron  Violet  R pat. 

Paste  20% 


III. 


Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 


III. 


Acetic  acid 
50°/o  or  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  do  not 
alter  the 
shade. 


Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 


COLOURS. 


177 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldite 

Remarks 

The  shades 
resist  normal 
stoving  very 

IV. 

Withstands 
very  well  even 
a more  severe 
chloring  with 
hypochlorite 
of  soda. 

Light  and 
medium 

Hydron  Blue  has  within  a very  short 
period  found  an  excellent  recognition 
for  the  production  of  dyeings  fast  to 
washing,  light  and  chloring.  For 
fancy  tissues  in  particular,  as  well 
as  for  plain  cloth  for  dresses  and  for 
aprons  Hydron  Blue  may  already  be 
considered  as  the  standard  for  Blues 
of  excellent  wear. 

In  addition  to  their  fastness,  the 
Hydron  Blues  possess  the  great 
advantage  of  levelling  very  easily  and 
of  being  comparatively  easy  to  dye  in 
any  kind  of  dyeing  machine. 

The  Hydron  Blues  are  very  well  suited 
for  printing,  both  direct  printing  and 
discharge  or  resist  printing. 

The  following  brands  of  Hydron 
Blue  G and  K are  on  the  market: 
Ilydron  Blue  Paste  20% 

„ „ „ 30% 

„ J>o%u 

„ „ Po  wder. 

even  rendered 
brighter 
thereby. 

IV. 

Slightly 
inferior  in  this 
respect  to 
Hydron  Blue 
G. 

easily 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 

IV— V. 

Somewhat 
inferior  in 
this  respect  to 
Hydron  Blue 
G. 

Not 

dischargeable. 

Used  for  the  same  purposes  as  Hydron 
Blue,  but  mainly  for  saddening  Hydron 
Blue  shades,  and  for  the  production 
of  very  deep  and  fast  shades  of  Blue. 

Hydron  Dark  Blue  G is  delivered 
as  follows: 

Hydron  Dark  Blue  G Paste  20% 

„ „ „ 0 „ 40% 

„ „ „ G Powder. 

Same  as 

Ill— IV. 

Same  as 

Same  as 

The  Hydron  Violets  yield  very  bright 
shades,  and  are  employed  as  self  colours 
or  in  combination  with  the  Hydron 
Blues  for  fancy  tissues  and  piece- 
goods,  and  further  also  for  printing 

Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 

- Hydron  Blue 
R. 

> Hydron  Blue 
G and  R. 

purposes. 

The  following  brands  of  Hydron 

Ill— IV. 

ii 

Violet  B and  R are  on  the  market: 
Hydron  Violet  Paste  20% 

„ „ » ''0% 

„ „ Powder. 

23 


178 


HYDRON 


Name  of  Dyestuff 


Fastness 
to  Washing 


Fastness 
to  Light 


Fastness 
to  Acids 


466 


Hydron  Yellow  G pat. 

Paste  20% 

5%  10% 


Hydron  Olive  G pat. 

Powder 

l%% 


468 


Hydron  Olive  B pat. 

Powder 

i%% 


Hydron  Blue  R Paste  for  Printing 

30%  pat. 


Illlllllll 


470 


Hydron  Black  B Paste  for  Printing 

30%  pat. 


iiiii  mill 


The  shade  is 
hardly  altered 
even  in  severe 
washing,  and 
white  cotton 
is  not  stained. 


The  fastness 
to  washing 
is  excellent; 
even  in 
severest 
washing  the 
shades  are 
hardly 

altered,  white 
cotton 
remaining 
unstained. 


Same  as 
Ilydron  Olive 
G. 


Same  as 
Ilydron  Olive 
G. 


IV. 


V— VI 


V— VI. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by 
acetic  acid 
50°/o  or  by 
dilute 

hydrochloric 

acid. 


Same  as 
Ilydron 
Yellow 
G. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered  by 
acetic  acid 
50  °/o ; 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid  it  is 
rendered  hardly 
perceptibly 
more  greenish. 


v. 


The  shade  is 
not  altered 
either  by 
acetic  acid  or 
by  dilute 
hydrochloric 
acid. 


Fastness 
to  Acid 
Cross-Dyeing 


Same  as 
Ilydron  Blue 
G and  R. 


COLOURS. 


179 


Fastness 
to  Stoving 

Fastness 

to 

Hot  Pressing 

Fastness 
to  Chloring 

Discharges 
with  Hyraldit 

5 Remarks 

The  shade 
withstands 
, normal  stoving 
very  well. 

m. 

Excellent. 
The  shade 
withstands 
very  well  a 
treatment  of 
several  hours 
in  a 

solution  of 
hypochlorite  o 
Isoda  or  chloride 
of  lime 
3A— 1>/2°  Tw. 

Easily 

dischargeable 
in  the  case  of 
both  light  and 
deep  shades. 

Hydron  Yellow  counts  among  the 
fastest  Hydron  Colours,  and  is  em- 
ployed both  for  the  production  of 
bright  yellow  shades  and  for  the 
shading  of  Greens  and  Olives. 

Same  as 
Hydron 
Yellow  G. 

IV. 

Withstand 
. only  a 

light  chloring. 

Not 

dischargeable. 

Hydron  Olive 

i i-  owing  to  its  excellent 

fastness  to  washing  and  light,  is  used 
for  the  production  of  full  shades  of 
Olive  and  Brown,  and  particularly  also 
for  fast  mode  and  drab  shades. 
Hydron  Olive  G and  B can  be  delivered 
both  as  powder  products  and  in  form 
of  J>0%  Paste. 

IV. 

Not 

dischargeable. 

Same  as 
Hydron  Blue 
G and  It 

IV. 

Withstands 
very  well 
normal  dry 
chloring  as 
customary  in 
print  works. 

Hydron  Blue  It  Paste  for  Printing  is 
used  for  the  production  of  very  fast 
blue  shades  in  cotton  printing,  for  light 
Blues  on  shirting  as  well  as  for  Navy 
Blues,  replacing  other  blue,  dyestuffs  of 
greatly  inferior  fastness  which  are  still 
frequently  in  use. 

Hydron  Black  B Paste  for  Printing, 
apart  from  its  being  used  for  normal 
black  prints  on  yarn  and  piece-goods, 
is  frequently  applied  also  for  printing 
black  outlines. 

V. 

Withstands 
well  a normal 
dry  chloring. 

MANUFACTURE  LYONNAISE  DE  MATIERES  COLORANTES,  LYONS. 


Works  “La  Mouche’ 


RUSSIAN  ANILINE  COLOUR  WORKS  LEOPOLD  CASSELLA  & CO.,  RIGA. 


Works  at  Riga. 


I « ' 

/w  o 


